FCC ID: PY312400219 R6250 Smart WiFi Router

 

R6250 Smart WiFi Router User Manual 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 USA March 2013 v1.0 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Support Thank you for selecting NETGEAR products. After installing your device, locate the serial number on the label of your product and use it to register your product at https://my.netgear.com. You must register your product before you can use NETGEAR telephone support. NETGEAR recommends registering your product through the NETGEAR website. For product updates and web support, visit http://support.netgear.com. Phone (US & Canada only): 1-888-NETGEAR. Phone (Other Countries): Check the list of phone numbers at http://support.netgear.com/general/contact/default.aspx. Trademarks NETGEAR, the NETGEAR logo, and Connect with Innovation are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of NETGEAR, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries. Information is subject to change without notice. 2013 NETGEAR, Inc. All rights reserved. 2 Contents Chapter 1 Hardware Setup Unpack Your Router. 8 Hardware Features. 8 Front and Side Panel . 9 Rear Panel . 10 Label. 11 Position Your Router . 11 Chapter 2 Getting Started Router Setup Preparation. 13 Use Standard TCP/IP Properties for DHCP . 13 Gather ISP Information. 13 Wireless Devices and Security Settings . 13 Types of Logins and Access. 13 NETGEAR genie Setup . 14 Use NETGEAR genie after Installation. 15 Upgrade the Firmware . 15 Dashboard (Basic Home Screen). 16 Join Your Wireless Network . 17 Manual Method. 17 Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) Method . 17 NETGEAR genie App and Mobile genie App . 18 Chapter 3 NETGEAR genie Basic Settings Internet Setup. 20 Internet Setup Screen Fields . 21 Parental Controls . 22 Basic Wireless Settings . 24 Wireless Settings Screen Fields. 26 Change the Wireless Security Option. 27 Set Up a Guest Network. 28 View Attached Devices. 29 Chapter 4 NETGEAR genie Advanced Home NETGEAR genie Advanced Home Screen . 31 Internet Connection Setup Wizard . 31 WAN Setup. 32 Default DMZ Server . 33 3 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Change the MTU Size . 34 LAN Setup . 35 LAN Setup Screen Settings . 36 The Role of the Router as a DHCP Server. 37 Address Reservation . 38 WPS Wizard for WiFi Connections. 38 Quality of Service (QoS) Setup . 39 WMM QoS for Wireless Multimedia Applications . 39 Set Up QoS for Internet Access . 40 Chapter 5 USB Storage Connect a USB Storage Device to the Router . 45 Safely Remove a USB Drive . 45 Access the USB Storage Device . 45 File-Sharing Scenarios . 47 Share Photos . 47 Store Files in a Central Location for Printing . 48 Share Large Files over the Internet . 48 View a USB Device Attached to the Router . 49 USB Storage Device Network and Access Settings. 50 Available Network Folders . 51 Specify Approved USB Devices . 53 Chapter 6 ReadySHARE Printer ReadySHARE Printer . 55 USB Control Center Utility . 59 Control Center Configuration . 60 USB Printer. 60 Scan with a Multifunction Printer . 61 Chapter 7 Security Keyword Blocking of HTTP Traffic . 63 Block Services (Port Filtering) . 64 Port Triggering to Open Incoming Ports. 65 Port Forwarding to Permit External Host Communications . 66 How Port Forwarding Differs from Port Triggering . 67 Set Up Port Forwarding to Local Servers. 68 Add a Custom Service . 68 Edit or Delete a Port Forwarding Entry. 69 Set Up Port Triggering . 70 Schedule Blocking . 72 Security Event Email Notifications . 73 Chapter 8 Administration Upgrade the Router Firmware . 75 4 R6250 Smart WiFi Router View Router Status. 76 Router Information . 76 Internet Port . 76 Wireless Settings (2.4 GHz) . 78 View Logs of Web Access or Attempted Web Access . 79 Manage the Configuration File . 80 Back Up Settings . 80 Restore Configuration Settings. 80 Erase the Current Configuration Settings. 81 Change the Password . 81 Password Recovery . 82 Chapter 9 Advanced Settings Advanced Wireless Settings. 84 Control the Wireless Radio. 84 Set Up a Wireless Schedule. 85 View or Change WPS Settings. 85 Set Up a Wireless Access List by MAC Address . 86 Wireless Access Point (AP) . 87 Wireless Distribution System (WDS) . 89 Set Up the Base Station . 90 Set Up a Repeater . 91 Dynamic DNS . 92 Static Routes . 93 Remote Management . 95 Universal Plug and Play . 96 IPv6 . 97 Requirements for Entering IPv6 Addresses . 98 Auto Detect. 98 IPv6 Auto Config. 99 IPv6 6to4 Tunnel. 100 IPv6 Pass Through . 101 IPv6 Fixed. 102 IPv6 DHCP . 103 IPv6 PPPoE . 104 Traffic Meter . 106 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Quick Tips. 109 Sequence to Restart Your Network . 109 Check Ethernet Cable Connections . 109 Wireless Settings . 109 Network Settings. 109 Troubleshoot with the LEDs . 110 Power/Test LED Is Off or Blinking . 110 Power/Test LED Stays Amber . 110 LEDs Never Turn Off . 111 5 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Internet or Ethernet Port LEDs Are Off. 111 Wireless LEDs Are Off . 111 The Push 'N' Connect (WPS) Button Blinks Amber . 111 Cannot Log In to the Router . 112 Cannot Access the Internet . 112 Troubleshoot PPPoE . 114 Troubleshoot Internet Browsing . 114 Changes Not Saved . 115 Wireless Connectivity . 115 Wireless Signal Strength . 115 Troubleshoot Your Network Using the Ping Utility . 116 Test the LAN Path to Your Router . 116 Test the Path from Your Computer to a Remote Device . 117 Appendix A Supplemental Information Factory Settings . 119 Technical Specifications. 121 Appendix B Notification of Compliance 6 1. Hardware Setup Getting to know your router 1 The NETGEAR WiFi Router is compatible with the latest WiFi devices, and is backward compatible with 802.11 a/b/g and n devices. If you already set up your router, you can skip this chapter. If you have not done that yet, this chapter covers the hardware setup. Chapter 2, Getting Started, explains how to access your router to view or change its settings. This chapter contains the following sections:

Unpack Your Router Hardware Features Position Your Router For more information about the topics covered in this manual, visit the support website at http://support.netgear.com. 7 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Unpack Your Router Open the box and remove the router, cables, and installation guide. WiFi Router Ethernet cable Power adapter Figure 1. Check the package contents Your box contains the following items:

R6250 Smart WiFi Router AC power adapter (plug varies by region) Category 5 (Cat 5) Ethernet cable Installation guide with cabling and router setup instructions If any parts are incorrect, missing, or damaged, contact your NETGEAR dealer. Keep the carton and original packing materials, in case you return the product for repair. Hardware Features Before you cable your router, take a moment to become familiar with the front, side, and back panels and the label. Pay particular attention to the LEDs on the front panel. Hardware Setup 8 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Front and Side Panel The router front panel has the status LEDs and icons shown in the following figure. WiFi On/Off button WPS button LEDs Figure 2. Router front and side view Table 1. Front panel LED descriptions LED Power Internet Wireless USB

. Description Solid amber. The router is starting up. Blinking amber. The firmware is upgrading, or the Restore Factory Settings button was pressed. Solid green . The router is ready. Blinking green . The firmware is corrupted. See www.netgear.com/support. Off. Power is not supplied to the router Solid green . The Internet connection is ready. Solid amber. The Ethernet cable connection to the modem has been detected. Off. No Ethernet cable is connected to the modem. Solid blue . The wireless radio is operating in either 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz mode. Blinking: The router is in WPS mode. Off. The wireless radios are of f for both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz. Solid blue: The router has accepted the USB device. The USB device is ready to be used. Blinking blue : A USB device is plugged in and is trying to connect. Off: No USB device is connected; someone clicked the Safely Remove Hardware button, and it is now safe to remove the attached USB device. Hardware Setup 9 R6250 Smart WiFi Router The WiFi and WPS buttons toggle the WiFi and WPS functions on and off. WiFi On/Off button. Pressing and holding this button for 2 seconds turns on and off the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz wireless radios. If the Wireless LED is lit, the wireless radios are on. If this LED is off, the wireless radios are turned off and you cannot connect wirelessly to the router. WPS button. You can use this button to use WPS to add a wireless device or computer to your wireless network. The Wireless LED blinks blue when the router is trying to add the wireless device or computer. The LED stays solid blue when wireless security is enabled in the router. Rear Panel The rear panel has the connections and buttons shown in the following figure. Power connector Power On/Off USB port Ethernet LAN ports 1-4 Internet port Reset button Figure 3. Router rear panel The Reset button restores the factory settings. See Factory Settings on page 119. Hardware Setup 10 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Label The label on the bottom of the router shows the WPS PIN, login information, MAC address, and serial number. Default access information Preset WiFi password Serial number and MAC address Figure 4. The label shows unique information about your router Position Your Router Preset SSID The router lets you access your network from virtually anywhere within the operating range of your wireless network. However, the operating distance or range of your wireless connection can vary significantly depending on the physical placement of your router. For example, the thickness and number of walls the wireless signal passes through can limit the range. For best results, place your router:

Near the center of the area where your computers and other devices operate, and preferably within line of sight to your wireless devices. So it is accessible to an AC power outlet and near Ethernet cables for wired computers. In an elevated location such as a high shelf, keeping the number of walls and ceilings between the router and your other devices to a minimum. Away from electrical devices that are potential sources of interference. Equipment that might cause interference includes ceiling fans, home security systems, microwaves, computers, the base of a cordless phone, or a 2.4 GHz cordless phone. Away from any large metal surfaces, such as a solid metal door or aluminum studs. Large expanses of other materials such as glass, insulated walls, fish tanks, mirrors, brick, and concrete can also affect your wireless signal. Hardware Setup 11 2. Getting Started Connecting to the router 2 This chapter explains how to use NETGEAR genie to set up your router after you complete cabling as described in the installation guide. This chapter contains the following sections:

Router Setup Preparation Types of Logins and Access NETGEAR genie Setup Use NETGEAR genie after Installation Upgrade the Firmware Dashboard (Basic Home Screen) Join Your Wireless Network NETGEAR genie App and Mobile genie App 12 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Router Setup Preparation You can set up your router with the NETGEAR genie automatically, or you can use the genie menus and screens to set up your router manually. Before you start the setup process, get your ISP information and make sure the computers and devices in the network have the settings described here. Use Standard TCP/IP Properties for DHCP If you set up your computer to use a static IP address, change the settings so that it uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). Gather ISP Information If you have DSL broadband service, you might need the following information to set up your router and to check that your Internet configuration is correct. When your Internet service starts, your Internet service provider (ISP) typically gives you all the information needed to connect to the Internet. If you cannot locate this information, ask your ISP to provide it. When your Internet connection is working, you no longer need to launch the ISPs login program on your computer to access the Internet. When you start an Internet application, your router automatically logs you in. The ISP configuration information for your DSL account ISP login name and password Fixed or static IP address settings (special deployment by ISP; this is rare) Wireless Devices and Security Settings Make sure that the wireless device or computer that you are using supports WPA or WPA2 wireless security, which is the wireless security that the router uses. Types of Logins and Access Separate types of logins have different purposes. It is important that you understand the difference so that you know which login to use when. Router login logs you in to the router interface from NETGEAR genie. For details about this login, see Use NETGEAR genie after Installation on page 15. ISP login logs you in to your Internet service. Your service provider has provided you with this login information in a letter or some other way. If you cannot find this login information, contact your service provider. Wireless network key or password. Your router is preset with a unique wireless network name (SSID) and password for wireless access. This information is on the label on the bottom of your router. Getting Started 13 R6250 Smart WiFi Router NETGEAR genie Setup NETGEAR genie runs on any device with a web browser. Installation and basic setup takes about 15 minutes to complete. To use NETGEAR genie to set up your router:

1. Turn the router on by pressing the On/Off button. 2. Make sure that your computer or wireless device is connected to the router with an Ethernet cable (wired) or wirelessly with the preset security settings listed on the bottom label. 3. Launch your Internet browser. The first time you set up the Internet connection for your router, the browser goes to http://www.routerlogin.net, and the NETGEAR genie screen displays. If you already used the NETGEAR genie, type http://www.routerlogin.net in the address field for your browser to display the NETGEAR genie screen. See Use NETGEAR genie after Installation on page 15. 4. Follow the onscreen instructions. NETGEAR genie guides you through connecting the router to the Internet. If the browser cannot display the web page:

Make sure that the computer is connected to one of the four LAN Ethernet ports or wirelessly to the router. Make sure that the router has full power, and that its WiFi LED is lit. To make sure that the browser does not cache the previous page, close and reopen the browser. Browse to http://www.routerlogin.net. If the computer is set to a static or fixed IP address (this is uncommon), change it to obtain an IP address automatically from the router. If the router does not connect to the Internet:

1. Review your settings to be sure that you have selected the correct options and typed everything correctly. 2. Contact your ISP to verify that you have the correct configuration information. 3. Read Chapter 10, Troubleshooting. If problems persist, register your NETGEAR product and contact NETGEAR technical support. Getting Started 14 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Use NETGEAR genie after Installation When you first set up your router, NETGEAR genie automatically starts when you launch an Internet browser on a computer that is connected to the router. If you want to view or change settings for the router, you can use genie again. 1. Launch your browser from a computer or wireless device that is connected to the router. 2. Type http://www.routerlogin.net or http://www.routerlogin.com. A login window displays. 3. Enter admin for the router user name and password for the router password, both in lowercase letters. Note:

The router user name and password are different from the user name and password for logging in to your Internet connection. For more information, see Types of Logins and Access on page 13. Upgrade the Firmware When you set up your router and are connected to the Internet, the router automatically checks for you to see if newer firmware is available. If it is, a message is displayed on the top of the screen. For more information, see Upgrade the Router Firmware on page Click the message when it shows up, and click Yes to upgrade the router with the latest firmware. After the upgrade, the router restarts. 75. CAUTION:

Do not try to go online, turn off the router, shut down the computer, or do anything else to the router until the router finishes restarting and the Power LED has stopped blinking for several seconds. Getting Started 15 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Dashboard (Basic Home Screen) The router Basic Home screen has a dashboard that lets you see the status of your Internet connection and network at a glance. You can click any of the six sections of the dashboard to view and change the settings. The left column has menus. You can use the Advanced tab to access more menus and screens. Menus

(Click the Advanced tab to view more) Language Dashboard

(Click to view details) Help Figure 5. Basic Home screen with dashboard, language, and online help Home. This dashboard screen displays when you log in to the router. Internet. Set, update, and check the ISP settings of your router. Wireless. View or change the wireless settings for your router. Attached Devices. View the devices connected to your network. Parental Controls. Download and set up parental controls to prevent objectionable content from reaching your computers. ReadySHARE. If you connected a USB storage device to the router, then it is displayed here. Guest Network. Set up a guest network to allow visitors to use your routers Internet connection. Advanced tab. Set the router up for unique situations such as when remote access by IP or by domain name from the Internet is needed. See Chapter 9, Advanced Settings. You need a solid understanding of networking to use this tab. Help & Support. Visit the NETGEAR support site for information, help, and product documentation. These links work once you have an Internet connection. Getting Started 16 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Join Your Wireless Network You can use the manual or the WPS method to join your wireless network. For instructions about how to set up a guest network, see Set Up a Guest Network on page 28. Manual Method With the manual method, choose the network that you want and type its password to connect. To connect manually:

1. On your computer or wireless device, open the software that manages your wireless connections. This software scans for all wireless networks in your area. 2. Look for your network and select it. The unique WiFi network name (SSID) and password are on the router label. If you changed these settings, look for the network name that you used. 3. Enter the router password and click Connect. Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) Method Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) lets you connect to a secure WiFi network without typing its password. Instead, press a button or enter a PIN. NETGEAR calls WPS Push 'N' Connect. Some older WiFi equipment is not compatible with WPS. WPS works only with WPA2 or WPA wireless security. To use WPS to join the wireless network:

1. Press the WPS button on the router front panel 2. Within 2 minutes, press the WPS button on your wireless device, or follow the WPS instructions that came with the device. The WPS process automatically sets up your wireless computer with the network password and connects you to the wireless network. Getting Started 17 R6250 Smart WiFi Router NETGEAR genie App and Mobile genie App The genie app is the easy dashboard for managing, monitoring, and repairing your home network. See the NETGEAR genie App User Manual for details about the genie apps. Retrieve wireless password About genie Menu Language Dashboard

(Click to view details) Support Figure 6. genie app dashboard The genie app can help you with the following:

Automatically repair common wireless network problems. Have easy access to router features like Live Parental Controls, guest access, Internet traffic meter, speed test, and more. The genie mobile app works on your iPhone, iPad, or Android phone:

Phone status Log in to the router Search NETGEAR support Information about genie mobile app and the connected router Figure 7. genie mobile app home screen Getting Started 18 3. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings Your Internet connection and WiFi network 3 This chapter contains the following sections:

Internet Setup Parental Controls Basic Wireless Settings Set Up a Guest Network View Attached Devices For information about the ReadySHARE feature on the Basic Home tab, see Chapter 5, USB Storage and Chapter 6, ReadySHARE Printer. 19 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Internet Setup The Internet Setup screen is where you view or change basic ISP information. Note: You can use the Setup Wizard to detect the Internet connection and automatically set up the router. See Internet Connection Setup Wizard on page 31. To view or change the basic Internet setup:

1. From the Home screen, select Internet. Scroll to view more settings The fields that display in the Internet Setup screen depend on whether your Internet connection requires a login. Yes. Select the encapsulation method and enter the login name. If you want to change the login time-out, enter a new value in minutes. No. Enter the account and domain names, only if needed. 2. Enter the settings for the IP address and DNS server . The default settings usually work fine. If you have problems with your connection, check the ISP settings. 3. Click Apply. Your settings are saved. 4. Click Test to test your Internet connection. If the NETGEAR website does not display within 1 minute, see Chapter 10, Troubleshooting. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 20 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Internet Setup Screen Fields The following descriptions explain all of the possible fields in the Internet Setup screen. The fields that display in this screen depend on whether tan ISP login is required. Does Your Internet connection require a login? Answer either yes or no. These fields display when no login is required:

Account Name (If required). Enter the account name provided by your ISP. This might also be called the host name. Domain Name (If required). Enter the domain name provided by your ISP. These fields display when your ISP requires a login:

Internet Service Provider. PPPoE or PPPoA. Login. The login name provided by your ISP. This login name is often an email address. Password. The password that you use to log in to your ISP. Service Name (if Required). If your ISP provided a service name, enter it here. Connection Mode. Always On, Dial on Demand, or Manually Connect. Idle Timeout (In minutes). If you want to change the login time-out, enter a new value in minutes. This setting determines how long the router keeps the Internet connection active when there is no Internet activity from the LAN. A value of 0 (zero) means never log out. Internet IP Address. Get Dynamically from ISP. Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your IP address. Your ISP automatically assigns these addresses. Use Static IP Address. Enter the IP address, IP subnet mask, and the gateway IP address that your ISP assigned. The gateway is the ISPs router to which your router will connect. Domain Name Server (DNS) Address. The DNS server is used to look up site addresses based on their names. Get Automatically from ISP. Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your DNS servers. Your ISP automatically assigns this address. Use These DNS Servers. If you know that your ISP requires specific servers, select this option. Enter the IP address of your ISPs primary DNS server. If a secondary DNS server address is available, enter it also. NAT (Network Address Translation). NAT allows computers on your home network to share the router Internet connection. NAT is enabled by default because it is needed in most situations. The following settings are available:

Enable Disable Disable Port Scan and DoS Protection Router MAC Address. The Ethernet MAC address that the router uses on the Internet port. Some ISPs register the MAC address of the network interface card in your computer when NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 21 R6250 Smart WiFi Router your account is first opened. They accept traffic only from the MAC address of that computer. This feature allows your router to use your computers MAC address (also called cloning). Use Default Address. Use the default MAC address. Use Computer MAC Address. The router captures and uses the MAC address of the computer that you are now using. You have to use the one computer that the ISP allows. Use This MAC Address. Enter the MAC address that you want to use. Parental Controls The first time you select Parental Controls from the Basic Home screen, your browser goes to the Live Parental Controls website. You can learn more about Live Parental Controls or download the application. To set up Live Parental Controls:

1. Select Parental Controls on the Dashboard screen. 2. Click either the Windows Users or Mac Users button. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions to download and install the NETGEAR Live Parental Controls Management utility. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 22 R6250 Smart WiFi Router After installation, Live Parental Controls automatically starts. 4. Click Next, read the note, and click Next again to proceed. Because Live Parental Controls uses free OpenDNS accounts, you are prompted to log in or create a free account. 5. Select the radio button that applies to you and click Next. If you already have an OpenDNS account, leave the Yes radio button selected. If you do not have an OpenDNS account, select the No radio button. If you are creating an account, the following screen displays:

Fill in the fields and click Next. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 23 R6250 Smart WiFi Router After you log on or create your account, the filtering level screen displays:

6. Select the radio button for the filtering level that you want and click Next. 7. Click the Take me to the status screen button. Parental controls are now set up for the router. The dashboard shows Parental Controls as Enabled. Basic Wireless Settings The Wireless Settings screen lets you view or configure the wireless network setup. The router comes with preset security. This means that the Wi-Fi network name (SSID), network key (password), and security option (encryption protocol) are preset in the factory. You can find the preset SSID and password on the bottom of the unit. Note: The preset SSID and password are uniquely generated for every device to protect and maximize your wireless security. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 24 R6250 Smart WiFi Router NETGEAR recommends that you do not change your preset security settings. If you change your preset security settings, make a note of the new settings and store it in a safe place where you can easily find it. If you use a wireless computer to change the wireless network name (SSID) or other wireless security settings, you are disconnected when you click Apply. To avoid this problem, use a computer with a wired connection to access the router. To view or change basic wireless settings:

1. Select Basic > Wireless. The screen sections, settings, and procedures are explained in the following sections. 2. Make any changes that are needed. 3. Click Apply. 4. Your settings are saved. If you were connected wirelessly to the router and you changed the SSID or wireless security, you are disconnected from the network. If you changed the settings, make sure that you can connect wirelessly to the network with its new settings. If you cannot connect wirelessly, check the following:

Is your computer or wireless device connected to another wireless network in your area? Some wireless devices automatically connect to the first open network (without wireless security) that they discover. Is your computer or wireless device trying to connect to your network with its old settings (before you made changes)? If so, update the wireless network selection in your computer or wireless device to match the current settings for your network. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 25 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Wireless Settings Screen Fields You can use this screen to view or change the wireless network settings and the security option. Enable SSID Broadcast. This feature allows the router to broadcast its SSID so wireless stations can see this wireless name (SSID) in their scanned network lists. This check box is selected by default. To turn off the SSID broadcast, clear this check box, and click Apply. Enable Wireless Isolation. If this check box is selected, computers or wireless devices that join the network can use the Internet, but cannot access each other or access Ethernet devices on the network. Name (SSID). The SSID is also known as the wireless network name. Enter a 32-character

(maximum) name in this field. This field is case-sensitive. The default SSID is randomly generated, and NETGEAR strongly recommends that you do not change this setting. Region. The location where the router is used. Select from the countries in the list. In the United States, the region is fixed to United States and is not changeable. Channel. The wireless channel the gateway uses. Enter a value from 1 through 13. (For products in the North America market, only Channels 1 through 11 can be operated.) Do not change the channel unless you experience interference (shown by lost connections or slow data transfers). If this happens, experiment with different channels to see which is the best. When you use multiple access points, it is better if adjacent access points use different radio frequency channels to reduce interference. The recommended channel spacing between adjacent access points is 5 channels (for example, use Channels 1 and 6, or 6 and 11). Mode. Up to 145 Mbps is the default setting, which allows 802.11n and 802.11g wireless devices to join the network. The other settings are Up to 54 Mbps, and Up to 300 Mbps. Security Options. The router comes with unique preset wireless security. These settings are on the product label. NETGEAR recommends that you use preset security so that you can refer to the label if you forget the WiFi password. However, you can change the security option and passphrase. Wireless Security Options A security option is the type of security protocol applied to your wireless network. The security protocol in force encrypts data transmissions and ensures that only trusted devices receive authorization to connect to your network. Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) has several options including pre-shared key (PSK) encryption. WPA encryption is built into all hardware that has the Wi-Fi-certified seal. This seal means that the product is authorized by the Wi-Fi Alliance (http://www.wi-fi.org/) because it complies with the worldwide single standard for high-speed wireless local area networking. WPA uses a passphrase for authentication and to generate the initial data encryption keys. Then it dynamically varies the encryption key. WPA-PSK uses Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP) data encryption, implements most of the IEEE 802.11i standard, and works with all wireless network interface cards, but not all wireless access points. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 26 R6250 Smart WiFi Router WPA2-PSK is stronger than WPA-PSK. It is advertised to be theoretically indecipherable due to the greater degree of randomness in encryption keys that it generates. WPA2-PSK gets higher speed because it is implemented through hardware, while WPA-PSK is usually implemented through software. WPA2-PSK uses a passphrase to authenticate and generate the initial data encryption keys. Then it dynamically varies the encryption key. WPS-PSK + WPA2-PSK Mixed Mode can provide broader support for all wireless clients. WPA2-PSK clients get higher speed and security, and WPA-PSK clients get decent speed and security. For help with WPA settings on your wireless computer or device, see the instructions that came with your product. Change the Wireless Security Option NETGEAR recommends that you do not disable security. To change the WPA settings:

1. Select Basic > Wireless Settings. 2. Under Security Options, select the WP A option you want. 3. In the Passphrase field that displays when you select a WP A security option, enter the network key (password) that you want to use. It is a text string from 8 to 63 characters. 4. Write down the new password and keep it in a secure place for future reference. 5. Click Apply. Your changes are saved. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 27 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Set Up a Guest Network A guest network allows visitors at your home to use the Internet without revealing your wireless security key. You can add a guest network to each wireless network: 2.4 GHz b/g/n and 5.0 GHz a/n. To set up a guest network:

1. Select Basic > Guest Network. 2. Select any of the following wireless settings:

Enable Guest Network. When this check box is selected, the guest network is enabled, and guests can connect to your network using the SSID of this profile. Enable SSID Broadcast. If this check box is selected, the wireless access point broadcasts its name (SSID) to all wireless stations. Stations with no SSID can adopt the correct SSID for connections to this access point. Allow guest to access My Local Network. If this check box is selected, anyone who connects to this SSID has access to your local network, not just Internet access. 3. Give the guest network a name. The guest network name is case-sensitive and can be up to 32 characters. You then manually configure the wireless devices in your network to use the guest network name in addition to the main SSID. 4. Select a security option from the list. The security options are described in Wireless Security Options on page 26. 5. Click Apply. Your settings are saved. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 28 R6250 Smart WiFi Router View Attached Devices Use the Attached Device screen to view all computers or devices that are currently connected to your network. To go to the Attached Devices screen:

1. From the Basic Home screen, select Attached Devices. Wired devices are connected to the router with Ethernet cables. Wireless devices have joined the wireless network. The following information is displayed:

# (number). The order in which the device joined the network. IP Address. The IP address that the router assigned to this device when it joined the network. This number can change if a device is disconnected and rejoins the network. MAC Address. The unique MAC address for each device does not change. The MAC address is typically shown on the product label. Device Name. If the device name is known, it is shown here. 2. Click Refresh to update this screen. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 29 4. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home Specify custom settings 4 This chapter contains the following sections:

NETGEAR genie Advanced Home Screen Internet Connection Setup Wizard WAN Setup LAN Setup WPS Wizard for WiFi Connections Quality of Service (QoS) Setup Some selections on the Advanced Home screen are described in separate chapters:

USB Storage. See Chapter 5, USB Storage. Security. See Chapter 7, Security. Administration. See Chapter 8, Administration. Advanced Setup. See Chapter 9, Advanced Settings. 30 R6250 Smart WiFi Router NETGEAR genie Advanced Home Screen The genie Advanced Home dashboard presents status information. The content is the same as what is on the Router Status screen available from the Administration menu. The genie Advanced Home screen is shown in the following figure:

probably show menus too Internet Connection Setup Wizard You can use the Setup Wizard to detect your Internet settings and automatically set up your router. The Setup Wizard is not the same as the genie screens that display the first time you connect to your router to set it up. To use the Setup Wizard:

1. Select Advanced > Setup W izard. 2. Select either Yes or No, I want to configure the router myself . If you select No, you are taken to the Internet Setup screen (see Internet Setup on page 20). 3. Select Yes and select your location. 4. Click Next. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 31 R6250 Smart WiFi Router The Setup Wizard searches your Internet connection for servers and protocols to determine your ISP configuration. WAN Setup The WAN Setup screen lets you configure a DMZ (demilitarized zone) server, change the maximum transmit unit (MTU) size, and enable the router to respond to a ping on the WAN

(Internet) port. To view or change the WAN settings:

1. Select Advanced > Setup > W AN Setup. 2. Specify the following settings:

Disable Port Scan and DoS Protection. DoS protection protects your LAN against denial of service attacks such as Syn flood, Smurf Attack, Ping of Death, Teardrop Attack, UDP Flood, ARP Attack, Spoofing ICMP, Null Scan, and many others. This should be disabled only in special circumstances. Default DMZ Server. This feature is sometimes helpful when you are playing online games or videoconferencing. Be careful when using this feature because it makes the firewall security less effective. See the following section, Default DMZ Server. Respond to Ping on Internet Port. If you want the router to respond to a ping from the Internet, select this check box. Use this setting only as a diagnostic tool because it NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 32 R6250 Smart WiFi Router allows your router to be discovered. Do not select this check box unless you have a specific reason. Disable IGMP Proxying. IGMP proxying allows a computer on the local area network

(LAN) to receive the multicast traffic it is interested in from the Internet. If you do not need this feature, you can select this check box to disable it. MTU Size (in bytes). The normal MTU (maximum transmit unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 bytes, or 1492 bytes for PPPoE connections. For some ISPs, you might need to reduce the MTU. This is rarely required. Reduce the MTU only if you are sure that it is necessary for your ISP connection. See Change the MTU Size on page 34. NAT Filtering. Network Address Translation (NAT) determines how the router processes inbound traffic. Secured NAT provides a secured firewall to protect the computers on the LAN from attacks from the Internet, but might prevent some Internet games, point-to-point applications, or multimedia applications from functioning. Open NAT provides a much less secured firewall, but allows almost all Internet applications to function. 3. Click Apply. Your changes are saved. Default DMZ Server The default DMZ server feature is helpful when you are using some online games and videoconferencing applications that are incompatible with Network Address Translation

(NAT). The router is programmed to recognize some of these applications and to work correctly with them, but other applications might not function well. In some cases, one local computer can run the application correctly if the IP address for that computer is entered as the default DMZ server. WARNING!

DMZ servers pose a security risk. A computer designated as the default DMZ server loses much of the protection of the firewall and is exposed to exploits from the Internet. If compromised, the DMZ server computer can be used to attack other computers on your network. The router usually detects and discards incoming traffic from the Internet that is not a response to one of your local computers or a service that you have configured in the Port Forwarding/Port Triggering screen. Instead of discarding this traffic, you can have the router forward the traffic to one computer on your network. This computer is called the default DMZ server. To set up a default DMZ server:

1. Select Advanced > Setup > W AN Setup. 2. Select the Default DMZ Server check box. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 33 R6250 Smart WiFi Router 3. Type the IP address. 4. Click Apply. Your change takes effect. Change the MTU Size The maximum transmission unit (MTU) is the largest data packet a network device transmits. When one network device communicates across the Internet with another, the data packets travel through many devices along the way. If a device in the data path has a lower MTU setting than the other devices, the data packets have to be split or fragmented to accommodate the device with the smallest MTU. The best MTU setting for NETGEAR equipment is often just the default value. In some situations, changing the value fixes one problem but causes another. Leave the MTU unchanged unless one of these situations occurs:

You have problems connecting to your ISP or other Internet service, and the technical support of either the ISP or NETGEAR recommends changing the MTU setting. These web-based applications might require an MTU change:

- A secure website that does not open, or displays only part of a web page

- Yahoo email

- MSN portal

- America Onlines DSL service You use VPN and have severe performance problems. You used a program to optimize MTU for performance reasons, and now you have connectivity or performance problems. Note: An incorrect MTU setting can cause Internet communication problems. For instance, you might not be able to access certain websites, frames within websites, secure login pages, or FTP or POP servers. If you suspect an MTU problem, a common solution is to change the MTU to 1400. If you are willing to experiment, you can gradually reduce the MTU from the maximum value of 1500 until the problem goes away. The following table describes common MTU sizes and applications. Table 2. Common MTU sizes MTU 1500 1492 Application The largest Ethernet packet size. This setting is typical for connections that do not use PPPoE or VPN, and is the default value for NETGEAR routers, adapters, and switches. Used in PPPoE environments. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 34 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Table 2. Common MTU sizes (Continued) MTU 1472 1468 1460 1436 1400 576 Application Maximum size to use for pinging. (Larger packets are fragmented.) Used in some DHCP environments. Usable by AOL if you do not have large email attachments, for example. Used in PPTP environments or with VPN. Maximum size for AOL DSL. Typical value to connect to dial-up ISPs. To change the MTU size:

1. Select Advanced > Setup > W AN Setup. 2. 3. Click Apply. In the MTU Size field, enter a value from 64 to 1500. Your change is saved. LAN Setup The LAN Setup screen allows configuration of LAN IP services such as Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and Routing Information Protocol (RIP). The router is shipped preconfigured to use private IP addresses on the LAN side and to act as a DHCP server. The routers default LAN IP configuration is:

LAN IP address. 192.168.1.1 Subnet mask. 255.255.255.0 These addresses are part of the designated private address range for use in private networks and are suitable for most applications. If your network requires a different IP addressing scheme, you can change these settings in the LAN Setup screen. Note: If you change the LAN IP address of the router while connected through the browser, you are disconnected. You will have to open a new connection to the new IP address and log in again. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 35 R6250 Smart WiFi Router To change the LAN settings:

1. Select Advanced > Setup > LAN Setup . 2. Enter the settings that you want to customize. These settings are described in the following section, LAN Setup Screen Settings. 3. Click Apply. Your changes are saved. LAN Setup Screen Settings LAN TCP/IP Setup IP Address. The LAN IP address of the router. IP Subnet Mask. The LAN subnet mask of the router. Combined with the IP address, the IP subnet mask allows a device to know which other addresses are local to it, and which have to be reached through a gateway or router. RIP Direction. Router Information Protocol (RIP) allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers. This setting controls how the router sends and receives RIP packets. Both is the default setting. With the Both or Out Only setting, the router broadcasts its routing table periodically. With the Both or In Only setting, the router incorporates the RIP information that it receives. RIP Version. This setting controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the router sends. It recognizes both formats when receiving. By default, the RIP function is disabled.

- RIP-1 is universally supported. It is adequate for most networks, unless you have an unusual network setup. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 36 R6250 Smart WiFi Router

- RIP-2 carries more information. Both RIP-2B and RIP-2M send the routing data in RIP-2 format. RIP-2B uses subnet broadcasting. RIP-2M uses multicasting. Use Router as DHCP Server For most home networks, this check box is selected so that the router acts as a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. Starting IP Address. Specify the start of the range for the pool of IP addresses in the same subnet as the router. Ending IP Address. Specify the end of the range for the pool of IP addresses in the same subnet as the router. Address Reservation When you specify a reserved IP address for a computer on the LAN, that computer receives the same IP address each time it accesses the routers DHCP server. Assign reserved IP addresses to servers that require permanent IP settings. The Role of the Router as a DHCP Server By default, the router acts as a DHCP server. The router assigns IP, DNS server, and default gateway addresses to all computers connected to the LAN. The assigned default gateway address is the LAN address of the router. The router assigns IP addresses to the attached computers from a pool of addresses specified in this screen. Each pool address is tested before it is assigned to avoid duplicate addresses on the LAN. For most applications, the default DHCP and TCP/IP settings of the router are satisfactory. You can specify the pool of IP addresses that the router assigns by setting the starting IP address and ending IP address. These addresses should be part of the same IP address subnet as the routers LAN IP address. Using the default addressing scheme, define a range between 192.168.1.2 and 192.168.1.254, although you might want to save part of the range for devices with fixed addresses. The router delivers the following parameters to any LAN device that requests DHCP:

An IP address from the range you have defined Subnet mask Gateway IP address (the routers LAN IP address) Primary DNS server (if you entered a primary DNS address in the Internet Setup screen;

otherwise, the routers LAN IP address) Secondary DNS server (if you entered a secondary DNS address in the Internet Setup screen) You can use another device on your network as the DHCP server, or specify the network settings of all of your computers NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 37 R6250 Smart WiFi Router To use disable the DHCP Server feature in the router:

1. Select Advanced > Setup > LAN Setup. 2. Clear the Use Router as DHCP Server check box. 3. Click Apply. 4. (Optional) If this service is disabled and no other DHCP server is on your network, set your computer IP addresses manually so that the can access the router. Address Reservation When you specify a reserved IP address for a computer on the LAN, that computer always receives the same IP address each time it accesses the routers DHCP server. Assign reserved IP addresses to computers or servers that require permanent IP settings. To reserve an IP address:

1. Select Advanced > Setup > LAN Setup . 2. 3. In the Address Reservation section of the screen, click the Add button. In the IP Address field, type the IP address to assign to the computer or server . Choose an IP address from the routers LAN subnet, such as 192.168.1.x. 4. Type the MAC address of the computer or server . Tip: If the computer is already on your network, you can copy its MAC address from the Attached Devices screen and paste it here. 5. Click Apply. The reserved address is entered into the table. The reserved address is not assigned until the next time the computer contacts the routers DHCP server. Reboot the computer, or access its IP configuration and force a DHCP release and renew. To edit or delete a reserved address entry:

1. Select the radio button next to the reserved address you want to edit or delete. 2. Click Edit or Delete. WPS Wizard for WiFi Connections The WPS Wizard helps you add a wireless computer or device to your WiFi network. On the computer or wireless device, either press its WPS button or locate its WPS PIN. 1. Select Advanced > WPS W izard. 2. Click Next. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 38 R6250 Smart WiFi Router The following screen lets you select the method for adding the WPS client (a wireless device or computer). You can use either the push button or PIN method. 3. Select either Push Button or PIN Number. To use the push button method, either click the WPS button on this screen, or press the WPS button on the side of the router. Within 2 minutes, go to the wireless client and press its WPS button to join the network without entering a password. To use the PIN method, select the PIN Number radio button, enter the client security PIN, and click Next. Within 2 minutes, go to the client device and use its WPS software to join the network without entering a password. The router attempts to add the WPS-capable device. The WPS LED on the front of the router blinks green. When the router establishes a WPS connection, the LED is solid green, and the router WPS screen displays a confirmation message. Quality of Service (QoS) Setup QoS is an advanced feature that can be used to prioritize some types of traffic ahead of others. The router can provide QoS prioritization over the wireless link and on the Internet connection. WMM QoS for Wireless Multimedia Applications The router supports Wi-Fi Multimedia Quality of Service (WMM QoS) to prioritize wireless voice and video traffic over the wireless link. WMM QoS provides prioritization of wireless data packets from different applications based on four access categories: voice, video, best effort, and background. For an application to receive the benefits of WMM QoS, both it and NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 39 R6250 Smart WiFi Router the client running that application have to have WMM enabled. Legacy applications that do not support WMM and applications that do not require QoS, are assigned to the best effort category, which receives a lower priority than voice and video. WMM QoS is enabled by default. To disable WMM QoS:

1. Select Advanced > Setup > QoS Setup . 2. Clear the Enable WMM check box 3. Click Apply. Set Up QoS for Internet Access You can give prioritized Internet access to the following types of traffic:

Specific applications Specific online games Individual Ethernet LAN ports of the router A specific device by MAC address To specify prioritization of traffic, create a policy for the type of traffic and add the policy to the QoS Policy table in the QoS Setup screen. For convenience, the QoS Policy table lists many common applications and online games that can benefit from QoS handling. QoS for Applications and Online Gaming To create a QoS policy for applications and online games:

1. Select Advanced > Setup > QoS Setup . 2. Select the Turn Internet Access QoS On check box. 3. Click the Setup QoS rule button. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 40 R6250 Smart WiFi Router The QoS Priority Rule list displays. You can edit or delete a rule by selecting its radio button and clicking either the Edit or Delete button. You can also delete all the rules by clicking the Delete All button. 4. To add a priority rule, scroll down to the bottom of the QoS Setup screen and click Add Priority Rule. 5. 6. In the QoS Policy for field, type the name of the application or game. In the Priority Category list, select either Applications or Online Gaming. A list of applications or games displays. 7. Scroll and select Add a New Application, or Add a New Game , as applicable. 8. If prompted, in the Connection Type list, select either TCP, UDP, or both (TCP/UDP). Specify the port number or range of port numbers that the application or game uses. 9. From the Priority list, select the priority for Internet access for this traf applications and traffic. The options are Low, Normal, High, and Highest. fic relative to other 10. Click Apply. The rule is saved in the QoS Policy list. The QoS Setup screen displays. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 41 R6250 Smart WiFi Router QoS for a Router LAN Port To create a QoS policy for a device connected to one of the routers LAN ports:

1. Select Advanced > Setup > QoS Setup . 2. Select the Turn Internet Access QoS On check box. 3. Click the Setup QoS Rule button. 4. Click the Add Priority Rule button. 5. From the Priority Category list, select Ethernet LAN Port. 6. From the QoS Policy for list, select the LAN port. 7. From the Priority list, select the priority for Internet access for this port s traffic relative to other applications. The options are Low, Normal, High, and Highest. 8. Click Apply. The rule is saved in the QoS Policy list. The QoS Setup screen displays. 9. Click Apply. QoS for a MAC Address To create a QoS policy for traffic from a specific MAC address:

1. Select Advanced > Setup > QoS Setup , and click the Setup QoS Rule button. The QoS Setup screen displays. 2. Click Add Priority Rule. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 42 R6250 Smart WiFi Router 3. From the Priority Category list, select MAC Address. 4. If the device to be prioritized appears in the MAC Device List, select its radio button. The information from the MAC Device List populates the policy name, MAC Address, and Device Name fields. If the device does not appear in the MAC Device List, click Refresh. If it still does not appear, fill in these fields manually. 5. From the Priority list, select the priority for Internet access for this device s traffic relative to other applications and traffic. The options are Low, Normal, High, and Highest. 6. Click Apply. This rule is saved in the QoS Policy list. The QoS Setup screen displays. 7. Select the Turn Internet Access QoS On check box. 8. Click Apply. Edit or Delete an Existing QoS Policy To edit or delete a QoS policy:

1. Select Advanced > QoS Setup . 2. Select the radio button next to the QoS policy that you want to edit or delete, and do one of the following:

Click Delete to remove the QoS policy. Click Edit to edit the QoS policy and change the policy settings. 3. Click Apply. Your changes are saved in the QoS Setup screen. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 43 5. USB Storage Access and Configure a USB Storage Device 5 This chapter describes how to access and configure a USB storage drive attached to your router. The USB port on the router can be used only to connect USB storage devices like flash drives or hard drives, or a printer. Do not connect computers, USB modems, CD drives, or DVD drives to the router USB port. This chapter contains the following sections:

Connect a USB Storage Device to the Router Safely Remove a USB Drive Access the USB Storage Device File-Sharing Scenarios View a USB Device Attached to the Router USB Storage Device Network and Access Settings Available Network Folders Specify Approved USB Devices For information about using the ReadySHARE Printer feature, see Chapter 6, ReadySHARE Printer. For more about ReadySHARE features, visit www.netgear.com/readyshare. 44 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Connect a USB Storage Device to the Router ReadySHARE lets you access and share or a USB drive connected the router USB port. If your USB device has special drivers, it is not compatible. To connect a USB storage device:

1. Insert your USB storage device into the USB port on the rear panel of the router

. 2. If your USB device has a power supply , you must use it when you connect the USB device to the router. It might take up to 2 minutes before the USB device is ready for sharing. Safely Remove a USB Drive If you want to physically disconnect a USB drive from the router USB port, first, log in to the router and safely remove it. To remove a USB disk drive safely:

1. Select USB Storage > Basic Settings . 2. Click the Safely Remove USB Device button. This takes the drive offline. 3. Physically disconnect the USB drive. Access the USB Storage Device When you connect the USB device to the router USB port, it might take up to 2 minutes before it is ready for sharing. By default, the USB storage device is available to all computers on your local area network (LAN). To access the USB device from a Mac:

1. Select Go > Connect to Server . 2. Enter smb://readyshare as the server address. 3. Click Connect. USB Storage 45 R6250 Smart WiFi Router To access the USB device from a Windows computer:

Use any of these methods to access the USB device:

Select Start > Run. Enter \\readyshare in the dialog box and click OK. Open a browser and enter \\readyshare in the address bar. Open My Network Places and enter \\readyshare in the address bar. To map the USB device to a Windows network drive:

1. Visit www.netgear.com/readyshare. 2. In the ReadySHARE USB Storage Access pane, click PC Utility. The readyshareconnect.exe file is downloaded to your computer. 3. Launch readyshareconnect.exe. 4. Select the drive letter to map to the network folder . 5. (Optional) If you want to connect to the USB drive as a dif using different credentials check box. a. Type the user name and password that you want to use. b. Click OK. 6. Click Finish. ferent user, select the Connect The USB drive is mapped to the drive letter that you specified. To access the USB drive from a remote computer:

1. Launch a web browser. 2. Connect using the routers Internet port IP address. If you are using Dynamic DNS, you can type the DNS name, rather than the IP address. You can view the routers Internet IP address on the Basic Home screen (see Dashboard

(Basic Home Screen) on page 16). USB Storage 46 R6250 Smart WiFi Router To access the USB drive with FTP from a remote computer:

1. Make sure that the FTP check box is selected in the Access Method section of the USB Storage (Advanced Settings) screen (see USB Storage Device Network and Access Settings on page 50). 2. Launch a web browser. 3. Type ftp:// and the Internet port IP address in the address field of the browser . For example, type ftp://10.1.65.4. If you are using Dynamic DNS, you can type the DNS name rather than the IP address. 4. Type the account name and password for the account that has access rights to the USB drive. The user name (account name) for All no password is guest. The directories of the USB drive that your account has access to display. For example, you could see: share/partition1/directory1. You can now read and copy files from the USB directory. File-Sharing Scenarios You can share files on the USB drive for a wide variety of business and recreational purposes. The files can be any Windows, Mac, or Linux file type including text, Word, PowerPoint, Excel, MP3, pictures, and multimedia files. USB drive applications include:

Sharing multimedia with friends and family such as MP3 files, pictures, and other multimedia with local and remote users. Sharing resources on your network. You can store files in a central location so that you do not have to power up a computer to perform local sharing. In addition, you can share files between Macintosh, Linux, and Windows computers by using the USB drive as a go-between across the systems. Sharing files such as Word documents, PowerPoint presentations, and text files with remote users. A few common uses are described in the following sections. Share Photos You can create your own central storage location for photos and multimedia. This method eliminates the need to log in to (and pay for) an external photo-sharing site. To share files with your friends and family:

1. Insert your USB drive into the USB port on the router either directly or with a USB cable. Computers on your local area network (LAN) can automatically access this USB drive using a web browser or Microsoft Networking. USB Storage 47 R6250 Smart WiFi Router 2. If you want to specify read-only access or to allow access from the Internet, see USB Storage Device Network and Access Settings on page 50. Store Files in a Central Location for Printing This scenario is for a family that has one high-quality color printer directly attached to a computer, but not shared on the local area network (LAN). This family does not have a print server. One family member has photos on a Macintosh computer that she wants to print. The photo-capable color printer is directly attached to a PC, but not shared on the network. The Mac and PC are not visible to each other on the network. To print photos from a Mac on the printer attached to a PC:

On a Mac, access the USB drive by typing \\readyshare in the address field of a web browser. Then copy the photos to the USB drive. On a Window computer, use a web browser or Microsoft Networking to copy the files from the USB drive to the computer. Then print the files. Share Large Files over the Internet Sending files that are larger than 5 MB can pose a problem for many email systems. The router allows you to share large files such as PowerPoint presentations or .zip files over the Internet. FTP can be used to download shared files from the router. Sharing files with a remote colleague involves the following considerations:

There are two user accounts: admin and guest. The password for admin is the same one that you use to access the router. By default, it is password. The guest user account has no password. On the FTP site, the person receiving the files uses the guest user account and enters the password. (FTP requires that you type something in the password field.) Be sure to select the FTP (via Internet) check box in the USB Storage (Advanced Settings) screen. This option supports both downloading and uploading of files. Note: You can enable the HTTP (via Internet) option on the USB Storage

(Advanced Settings) screen to share large files. This option supports downloading files only. USB Storage 48 R6250 Smart WiFi Router View a USB Device Attached to the Router To view basic information about the USB storage device:

1. Select Basic > ReadySHARE. By default, the Basic radio button is selected, and the screen displays a USB storage device if it is attached to the router USB port. If you logged in to the router before you connected your USB device, you might not see your USB device in this screen. If this happens, log out and then log back in. 2. (Optional) To view the files and folders on the USB device, click the network device name or the share name. 3. (Optional) To view more detail or to change the USB device settings, click Edit. The USB Storage (Advanced Settings) screen displays. See USB Storage Device Network and Access Settings on page 50. USB Storage 49 R6250 Smart WiFi Router USB Storage Device Network and Access Settings You can set up the device name, workgroups, and network folders for your USB device. To view or change the USB storage advanced settings:

1. Select Advanced > USB Storage > Advanced Settings. 2. Specify access to the USB storage device. Network Device Name. The default is readyshare. This is the name used to access the USB device connected to the router. Workgroup. If you are using a Windows workgroup rather than a domain, the workgroup name is displayed here. The name works only in an operating system that supports NetBIOS, such as Microsoft Windows. Access Method. Select the check boxes for the access methods that you want.

- Network Neighborhood/MacShare. Enabled by default.

- HTTP. Enabled by default. You can type http://readyshare.routerlogin.net/shares to access the USB drive.

- HTTP (via Internet). Disabled by default. If you enable this feature, remote users can type http://<public IP address/shares> (for example, http://1.1.10.102/shares) or a URL domain name to access the USB drive over the Internet. This feature supports file uploading only.

- FTP. Disabled by default.

- FTP (via Internet). Disabled by default. If you select this feature, remote users can access the USB drive through FTP over the Internet. This feature supports both downloading and uploading of files. 3. If you changed the settings, click Apply. Your changes are saved. USB Storage 50 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Available Network Folders You can view or change the network folders on the USB storage device. To view network folders:

1. Select Advanced > USB Storage > Advanced Settings. 2. Scroll down to the Available Networks Folder section of the screen. Share Name. If only one device is connected, the default share name is USB_Storage. (Some router models have more than one USB port.) You can click the name, or you can type it in the address field of your web browser. If Not Shared is shown, the default share has been deleted, and no other share for the root folder exists. Click the link to change this setting. Read Access and Write Access. Show the permissions and access controls on the network folder: All - no password (the default) allows all users to access the network folder. The password for admin is the same one that you use to log in to the router. Folder Name. Full path of the network folder. Volume Name. Volume name from the storage device (either USB drive or HDD). Total Space and Free Space. Show the current utilization of the storage device. USB Storage 51 R6250 Smart WiFi Router To add a network folder:

1. Select Advanced > ReadySHARE. 2. Click Edit. 3. Click Create Network Folder. If the Add a Network Folder screen does not display, your web browser might be blocking pop-ups. If it is, then change the browser settings to allow pop-ups. In the Folder field, browse and select the folder . 4. 5. Fill in the Share Name field. 6. In the Read Access list and the W rite Access list, select the setting that you want. The user name (account name) for All no password is guest. The password for admin is the same one that is used to log in to the router. By default, it is password. 7. Click Apply. The folder is added on the USB device. To edit a network folder:

1. Select Advanced > ReadySHARE. 2. Click the Edit button. The Edit Network Folder screen displays the same settings shown in the Add a Network Folder screen. 3. Change the settings in the fields as needed. 4. Click Apply. Your changes are saved. USB Storage 52 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Specify Approved USB Devices For more security, you can set up the router to share only approved USB devices. To set up approved USB devices:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > USB Settings . 2. Click the Approved Devices button. This screen shows the approved USB devices and the available USB devices. You can remove or add approved USB devices. In the Available USB Devices list, select the drive that you want to approve. 3. 4. Click Add. 5. Select the Allow only approved devices check box. 6. Click Apply. Your change takes effect. If you want to work with another USB device, first click the Safely Remove USB Device button for the currently connected USB device. Connect the other USB device, and repeat this process. USB Storage 53 6. ReadySHARE Printer Manage a shared USB printer 6 ReadySHARE Printer is compatible with Macs and Windows computers. It lets you connect a USB printer to the routers USB port, and access it wirelessly. This chapter contains the following sections:

ReadySHARE Printer USB Control Center Utility For more about ReadySHARE features, visit www.netgear.com/readyshare. 54 R6250 Smart WiFi Router ReadySHARE Printer You can connect a USB printer to the routers USB port, and share it among Windows and Mac computers on the network. To set up ReadySHARE Printer:

1. Connect the USB printer to the router s USB port with a USB printer cable. 2. Install the USB printer driver software on each computer that will share the printer. If you do not have the printer driver, contact the printer manufacturer to find and download the most recent printer driver software. 3. On each computer that will share the printer , download the NETGEAR USB Control Center utility. The NETGEAR USB utility has a Mac version and a Windows version, which you can access in two different ways:

From the ReadySHARE Printer area of the page you access through this URL:

www.netgear.com/readyshare From the ReadySHARE tab of the NETGEAR genie app. (See NETGEAR genie App and Mobile genie App on page 18.) Note: You have to install this utility before you can use the ReadySHARE Printer feature. For the ReadySHARE Printer feature to work, this utility has to be running in the background. ReadySHARE Printer 55 R6250 Smart WiFi Router 4. Follow the instructions to install the NETGEAR USB Control Center utility . 5. Select the language. The first time you access the utility, you are asked to select the printer. ReadySHARE Printer 56 R6250 Smart WiFi Router 6. Select the printer and click the Connect button. Once the connection is established, the status changes to Manually connected by xxx. You can click the Disconnect button at any time to release the connection. The status then changes to Available. After you click the Connect button once on each computer in the network, the utility on each of them manages the printing queue and handling. The status of the printer is Available on all of the computers. When the status is Available, you can use the USB printer. When the status is Manually connected by xxx, only the xxx computer can use the printer. Other network devices must wait until the xxx computer has released the connection, or until the connection times out (the default time-out value is 30 seconds). ReadySHARE Printer 57 R6250 Smart WiFi Router You can set the value for the default time-out time from the Tools > Control Center -

Configuration screen. The USB Control Center utility must be running for the computer to be able to print to the USB printer attached to the router. If you exit the utility, printing does not work. Some firewall software, such as Comodo, blocks the ReadySHARE Print utility from accessing the USB printer. If you do not see the printer in the utility, you can disable the firewall temporarily to allow the utility to work. 7. If your printer supports scanning, make sure that the printer is in the Available state, and click the Network Scanner button. The scanner window opens so you can use the printer for scanning. ReadySHARE Printer 58 R6250 Smart WiFi Router USB Control Center Utility The USB Control Center utility allows you to control a shared USB device from a computer that is connected to the USB port on your router. The utility allows you to control a printer and a scanner. You have to install the utility on each computer on your network from which you want to control the device. You can download this utility for a Windows or Mac computer at www.netgear.com/landing/en-us/readyshare.aspx. When you launch the USB Control Center Utility, a screen similar to the following displays:

Figure 8. NETGEAR USB Control Center utility The main screen shows a device icon, the description for this USB device, and its status. Available. The device is available from the computer that you are using. Waiting to Connect. You need to connect to this device from the computer that you are using. If this is the first time you are connecting, you might be prompted to install the device driver. The following menu selections display:

System. Exit the utility. Tools. Access the Control Center - Configuration screen to set up your shared USB device. See the following section, Control Center Configuration. About. View details about the USB Control Center software. ReadySHARE Printer 59 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Control Center Configuration To use the Control Center Configuration screen:

1. Select Tools > Configuration. 2. Specify the following settings:

Automatically execute when logging on Windows. Enable this utility to start automatically when you are logged in to Windows. Timeout. Specify the time-out value for holding the USB resource when it is not in use. Language. Select the display language for this utility. 3. Click OK. Your changes are saved. USB Printer The first time you use a printer, click Connect. You might be asked to install the driver for this printer. After the driver is installed, the printer status changes to Available. Note: Some USB printers (for example, HP and Lexmark printers) request that you do not connect the USB cable until you are prompted to do so by the printer driver installation software. If the USB printer is detected and connected automatically, you need to disconnect the printer and wait for the prompt asking you to click Connect. ReadySHARE Printer 60 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Once the printer shows Available status, it is no longer grayed out in a Paused state in the Windows Printers and Faxes window. Figure 9. Printers and Faxes screen This USB printer is ready. The utility does not need to hold the connection of this USB printer. Once there is any print job for this printer, the USB utility connects to this USB printer automatically and prints. After the print job is done, the printer status returns to the Paused state. Scan with a Multifunction Printer You can use the scan feature of a multi-function printer. 1. Make sure that the printer status shows as Available. 2. Click the Network Scanner button. This activates the scanner window to perform scans. ReadySHARE Printer 61 7. Security Customize the Firewall Settings 7 This chapter explains how to use the basic firewall features of the router to prevent objectionable content from reaching the computers and devices on your network. This chapter includes the following sections:

Keyword Blocking of HTTP Traffic Block Services (Port Filtering) Port Triggering to Open Incoming Ports Port Forwarding to Permit External Host Communications How Port Forwarding Differs from Port Triggering Set Up Port Forwarding to Local Servers Set Up Port Triggering Schedule Blocking Security Event Email Notifications For information about Live Parental Controls, see Parental Controls on page 22. 62 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Keyword Blocking of HTTP Traffic Use keyword blocking to prevent certain types of HTTP traffic from accessing your network. The blocking can be always or according to a schedule. To set up keyword blocking:

1. Select Advanced > Security > Block Sites. 2. Select one of the keyword blocking options:

3. Per Schedule. Turn on keyword blocking according to the Schedule screen settings. Always. Turn on keyword blocking all the time, independent of the Schedule screen. In the Keyword field, enter a keyword or domain, click Add Keyword, and click Apply. The Keyword list supports up to 32 entries. Here are some sample entries:

Specify XXX to block http://www.badstuff.com/xxx.html. Specify .com if you want to allow only sites with domain suffixes such as .edu or .gov. Enter a period (.) to block all Internet browsing access. To delete a keyword or domain:

1. Select the keyword you want to delete from the list. 2. Click Delete Keyword. 3. Click Apply. Your changes are saved. To specify a trusted computer:

You can exempt one trusted computer from blocking and logging. The computer you exempt has to have a fixed IP address. 1. In the Trusted IP Address field, enter the IP address. 2. Click Apply. Your changes are saved. Security 63 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Block Services (Port Filtering) Services are functions that server computers perform at the request of client computers. For example, web servers serve web pages, time servers serve time and date information, and game hosts serve data about other players moves. When a computer on the Internet sends a request for service to a server computer, the requested service is identified by a service or port number. This number appears as the destination port number in the transmitted IP packets. For example, a packet that is sent with the destination port number 80 is an HTTP

(web server) request. The service numbers for many common protocols are defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF at http://www.ietf.org/) and published in RFC1700, Assigned Numbers. Service numbers for other applications are typically chosen from the range 1024 to 65535 by the authors of the application. Although the router already holds a list of many service port numbers, you are not limited to these choices. You can often determine port number information by contacting the publisher of the application, by asking user groups or newsgroups, or by searching. The Block Services screen lets you add and block specific Internet services by computers on your network. This is called service blocking or port filtering. To add a service for blocking, first determine which port number or range of numbers the application uses. To block services:

1. Select Advanced > Security > Block Services . 2. Select either Per Schedule or Always. 3. 4. Click Add to add a service. If you selected Per Schedule, specify a time period in the Schedule screen. Security 64 R6250 Smart WiFi Router The Block Services Setup screen displays:

5. From the Service Type list, select the application or service to allow or block. The list displays several common services, but you are not limited to these choices. To add any additional services or applications that do not already appear, select User Defined. If you know that the application uses either TCP or UDP, select the appropriate protocol. If you are not sure, select Both. 6. 7. Enter the starting and ending port numbers. If the application uses a single port number, enter that number in both fields. 8. Select the radio button for the IP address configuration you want to block, and enter the IP addresses. You can block the specified service for a single computer, a range of computers with consecutive IP addresses, or all computers on your network. 9. Click Add. Your changes are saved. Port Triggering to Open Incoming Ports Some application servers (such as FTP and IRC servers) send replies to multiple port numbers. Using the port triggering function of your router, you can tell the router to open more incoming ports when a particular outgoing port originates a session. An example is Internet Relay Chat (IRC). Your computer connects to an IRC server at destination port 6667. The IRC server not only responds to your originating source port, but also sends an identify message to your computer on port 113. Using port triggering, you can tell the router, When you initiate a session with destination port 6667, you have to also allow incoming traffic on port 113 to reach the originating computer. Using steps similar to the preceding example, the following sequence shows the effects of the port triggering rule you have defined:

Security 65 R6250 Smart WiFi Router 1. You open an IRC client program to start a chat session on your computer . 2. Your IRC client composes a request message to an IRC server using a destination port number of 6667, the standard port number for an IRC server process. Your computer then sends this request message to your router . 3. Your router creates an entry in its internal session table describing this communication session between your computer and the IRC server . Your router stores the original information, performs Network Address Translation (NAT) on the source address and port, and sends this request message through the Internet to the IRC server . 4. Noting your port triggering rule and having observed the destination port number of 6667, your router creates an additional session entry to send any incoming port 1 13 traffic to your computer. 5. The IRC server sends a return message to your router using the NA T-assigned source port

(for example, port 33333) as the destination port. The IRC server also sends an identify message to your router with destination port 1 13. 6. Upon receiving the incoming message to destination port 33333, your router checks its session table to determine whether there is an active session for port number 33333. Finding an active session, the router restores the original address information replaced by NAT and sends this reply message to your computer . 7. Upon receiving the incoming message to destination port 113, your router checks its session table and learns that there is an active session for port 1 13, associated with your computer. The router replaces the message s destination IP address with your computer s IP address and forwards the message to your computer . 8. When you finish your chat session, your router eventually senses a period of inactivity in the communications. The router then removes the session information from its session table, and incoming traffic is no longer accepted on port numbers 33333 or 1 13. To configure port triggering, you need to know which inbound ports the application needs. Also, you need to know the number of the outbound port that will trigger the opening of the inbound ports. You can usually determine this information by contacting the publisher of the application or the relevant user groups or news groups. Only one computer at a time can use the triggered application. Port Forwarding to Permit External Host Communications In both of the preceding examples, your computer initiates an application session with a server computer on the Internet. However, you might need to allow a client computer on the Internet to initiate a connection to a server computer on your network. Normally, your router ignores any inbound traffic that is not a response to your own outbound traffic. You can configure exceptions to this default rule by using the port forwarding feature. A typical application of port forwarding can be shown by reversing the client-server relationship from the previous web server example. In this case, a remote computers browser needs to access a web server running on a computer in your local network. Using port forwarding, you can tell the router, When you receive incoming traffic on port 80 (the standard port number for a web server process), forward it to the local computer at Security 66 R6250 Smart WiFi Router 192.168.1.123. The following sequence shows the effects of the port forwarding rule you have defined:

1. The user of a remote computer opens a browser and requests a web page from www.example.com, which resolves to the public IP address of your router . The remote computer composes a web page request message with the following destination information:

Destination address. The IP address of www.example.com, which is the address of your router. Destination port number. 80, which is the standard port number for a web server process. The remote computer then sends this request message through the Internet to your router. 2. Your router receives the request message and looks in its rules table for any rules covering the disposition of incoming port 80 traf fic. Your port forwarding rule specifies that incoming port 80 traffic should be forwarded to local IP address 192.168.1.123. Therefore, your router modifies the destination information in the request message:

The destination address is replaced with 192.168.1.123. Your router then sends this request message to your local network. 3. Your web server at 192.168.1.123 receives the request and composes a return message with the requested web page data. Your web server then sends this reply message to your router. 4. Your router performs Network Address Translation (NAT) on the source IP address, and sends this request message through the Internet to the remote computer, which displays the web page from www.example.com. To configure port forwarding, you need to know which inbound ports the application needs. You usually can determine this information by contacting the publisher of the application or the relevant user groups or news groups. How Port Forwarding Differs from Port Triggering The following points summarize the differences between port forwarding and port triggering:

Port triggering can be used by any computer on your network, although only one computer can use it at a time. Port forwarding is configured for a single computer on your network. With port triggering, the router does not need to know the computers IP address in advance. The IP address is captured automatically. Port forwarding requires that you specify the computers IP address during configuration, and the IP address can never change. Port triggering requires specific outbound traffic to open the inbound ports, and the triggered ports are closed after a period of no activity. Port forwarding is always active and does not need to be triggered. Security 67 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Set Up Port Forwarding to Local Servers The port forwarding feature lets you allow certain types of incoming traffic to reach servers on your local network. For example, you might want to make a local web server, FTP server, or game server visible and available to the Internet. Use the Port Forwarding/Port Triggering screen to configure the router to forward specific incoming protocols to computers on your local network. In addition to servers for specific applications, you can also specify a default DMZ server to which all other incoming protocols are forwarded. Before you start, determine which type of service, application, or game you want to provide, and the local IP address of the computer that will provide the service. The server computer has to always have the same IP address. To ensure that your server computer always has the same IP address, use the reserved IP address feature of your product. See Address Reservation on page 38. To forward specific incoming protocols:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Port Forwarding/Port T riggering. 2. Leave the Port Forwarding radio button selected as the service type. 3. In the Service Name list, select the service name. If the service does not appear in the list, see Add a Custom Service on page 68 4. Fill in the Server IP Address field 5. Click Add. The service appears in the list on the Port Forwarding screen. Add a Custom Service To define a service, game, or application that does not appear in the Service Name list, first determine which port number or range of numbers the application uses. You can usually determine this information by contacting the publisher of the application or user groups or news groups. When you have the port number information, follow these steps. Security 68 R6250 Smart WiFi Router To add a custom service:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Port Forwarding/Port T riggering. 2. Select the Port Forwarding radio button as the service type. 3. Click the Add Custom Service button. 4. 5. 6. In the Service Name field, enter a descriptive name. In the Service Type field, select the protocol. If you are unsure, select TCP/UDP. In the Eternal Starting Port field, enter the beginning port number . If the application uses a single port, enter the same port number in the Ending Port field. If the application uses a range of ports, enter the ending port number of the range in the External Ending Port field. 7. Fill in the Internal IP address field or select the radio button from the list of currently attached devices. 8. Click Apply. The service appears in the list in the Port Forwarding/Port Triggering screen. Edit or Delete a Port Forwarding Entry To edit or delete a port forwarding entry:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Port Forwarding/Port T riggering. 2. Select the Port Forwarding radio button as the service type 3. In the table, select the radio button next to the service name. 4. Click Edit Service or Delete Service. Application Example: Make a Local Web Server Public If you host a web server on your local network, you can use port forwarding to allow web requests from anyone on the Internet to reach your web server. Security 69 R6250 Smart WiFi Router To make a local web server public:

1. Assign your web server either a fixed IP address or a dynamic IP address using DHCP address reservation. In this example, your router always gives your web server an IP address of 192.168.1.33. In the Port Forwarding/Port Triggering screen, configure the router to forward the HTTP service to the local address of your web server at 192.168.1.33. HTTP (port 80) is the standard protocol for web servers. 2. 3. (Optional) Register a host name with a Dynamic DNS service, and configure your router to use the name. To access your web server from the Internet, a remote user has to know the IP address that your ISP assigned. However, if you use a Dynamic DNS service, the remote user can reach your server by a user-friendly Internet name, such as mynetgear.dyndns.org. Set Up Port Triggering Port triggering is a dynamic extension of port forwarding that is useful in these cases:

More than one local computer needs port forwarding for the same application (but not simultaneously). An application needs to open incoming ports that are different from the outgoing port. When port triggering is enabled, the router monitors outbound traffic looking for a specified outbound trigger port. When the router detects outbound traffic on that port, it remembers the IP address of the local computer that sent the data. The router then temporarily opens the specified incoming port or ports and forwards incoming traffic on the triggered ports to the triggering computer. Port forwarding creates a static mapping of a port number or range to a single local computer. Port triggering can dynamically open ports to any computer that needs them and can close the ports when they are no longer needed. Note: If you use applications such as multiplayer gaming, peer-to-peer connections, real-time communications such as instant messaging, or remote assistance (a feature in Windows XP), you should also enable Universal Plug and Play (UPnP). To configure port triggering, you need to know which inbound ports the application needs, and the number of the outbound port that will trigger the opening of the inbound ports. You can usually determine this information by contacting the publisher of the application or user groups or news groups. Security 70 R6250 Smart WiFi Router To enable port triggering:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Port Forwarding/Port T riggering. 2. Select the Port Triggering radio button. 3. Clear the Disable Port Triggering check box. Note: If the Disable Port Triggering check box is selected after you configure port triggering, port triggering is disabled. However, any port triggering configuration information you added to the router is retained even though it is not used. 4. In the Port Triggering Timeout field, enter a value up to 9999 minutes. This value controls the inactivity timer for the designated inbound ports. The inbound ports close when the inactivity time expires. This is required because the router cannot be sure when the application has terminated. To add a port triggering service:

1. On the Port Triggering screen, click Add Service. 2. 3. In the Service Name field, type a descriptive service name. In the Service User list, select Any, or select Single address and enter the IP address of one computer. Security 71 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Any (the default), allows any computer on the Internet to use this service. Single address restricts the service to a particular computer. 4. Select the service type, either TCP or UDP or both (TCP/UDP). If you are not sure, select TCP/UDP. In the Triggering Port field, enter the number of the outbound traf fic port that will cause the inbound ports to be opened. 5. 6. Enter the inbound connection port information in the Connection Type, Starting Port, and Ending Port fields. 7. Click Apply. The service appears in the Port Triggering Portmap Table. 8. Make sure that you enable port triggering so that the service that you added will be used. Schedule Blocking You can specify the days and time that you want to block Internet access. To schedule blocking:

1. Select Advanced > Security > Schedule . 2. Set up the schedule for blocking keywords and services. Days to Block. Select days on which you want to apply blocking by selecting the appropriate check boxes, or select Every Day to select the check boxes for all days. Time of Day to Block. Select a start and end time in 24-hour format, or select All Day for 24-hour blocking. 3. Select your time zone from the list. If you use daylight savings time, select the Automatically adjust for daylight savings time check box. 4. Click Apply. Your settings are saved. Security 72 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Security Event Email Notifications To receive logs and alerts by email, provide your email information in the E-mail screen, and specify which alerts you want to receive and how often. To set up email notifications:

1. Select Advanced > Security > E-mail. 2. Select the Turn Email Notification On check box. 3. In the Your Outgoing Mail Server field, enter the name of your ISP s outgoing (SMTP) mail server (such as mail.myISP.com). You might be able to find this information in the configuration screen of your email program. If you leave this field blank, log and alert messages are not sent. 4. Enter the email address to which logs and alerts are sent in the Send to This Email Address field. This email address is also used for the From address. If you leave this field blank, log and alert messages are not sent. If your outgoing email server requires authentication, select the My Mail Server requires authentication check box. Fill in the User Name and Password fields for the outgoing email server. 5. 6. (Optional) Select the Send Alerts Immediately check box. Email alerts are sent immediately when someone attempts to visit a blocked site. 7. (Optional) Fill in the fields in the Send logs according to this schedule section of the screen. Logs are sent automatically. If the log fills up before the specified time, the log is emailed. After the log is sent, the log is cleared from the router memory. If the router cannot email the log file, the log buffer might fill up. In this case, the router overwrites the log and discards its contents. 8. Click Apply. Your settings are saved. Security 73 8. Administration Manage your network 8 This chapter describes the router settings for administering and maintaining your router and home network. This chapter includes the following sections:

Upgrade the Router Firmware View Router Status View Logs of Web Access or Attempted Web Access Manage the Configuration File Change the Password Password Recovery For information about upgrading or checking the status of your router over the Internet, see Remote Management on page Meter on page 95. For information about monitoring Internet traffic, see Traffic 106 74 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Upgrade the Router Firmware The router firmware (routing software) is stored in flash memory. You can update the firmware from the Administration menu on the Advanced tab. You might see a message at the top of the genie screens when new firmware is available for your product. You can use the Check button on the Router Update screen to check if new firmware is available, and to update your product. To check for new firmware and update your router:

1. Select Advanced > Administration > Router Update . Click Check 2. Click Check. The router finds new firmware information if any is available. 3. Click Yes. The router locates the firmware you downloaded (the file ends in .img) and begins the update. WARNING!

When uploading firmware to the router, do not interrupt the web browser by closing the window, clicking a link, or loading a new page. If the browser is interrupted, it could corrupt the firmware. When the upload is complete, your router restarts. The upgrade process typically takes about 1 minute. Read the new firmware release notes to determine whether you need to reconfigure the router after upgrading. Administration 75 R6250 Smart WiFi Router View Router Status To view router status and usage information:

Select Advanced Home or select Administration > Router Status. Router Information Hardware Version. The router model. Firmware Version. The version of the router firmware. It changes if you upgrade the router firmware. GUI Language Version. The localized language of the user interface. LAN Port. MAC Address. The Media Access Control address. This is the unique physical address used by the Ethernet (LAN) port of the router. IP Address. The IP address used by the Ethernet (LAN) port of the router. The default is 192.168.1.1. DHCP. Identifies whether the routers built-in DHCP server is active for devices on the LAN. Internet Port MAC Address. The Media Access Control address, which is the unique physical address used by the Internet (WAN) port of the router. IP Address. The IP address used by the Internet (WAN) port of the router. If no address is shown or the address is 0.0.0, the router cannot connect to the Internet. Administration 76 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Connection. This shows if the router is using a fixed IP address on the WAN. If the value is DHCP Client, the router obtains an IP address dynamically from the ISP. IP Subnet Mask. The IP subnet mask used by the Internet (WAN) port of the router. Domain Name Server. The Domain Name Server addresses used by the router. A Domain Name Server translates human-language URLs such as www.netgear.com into IP addresses. Show Statistics Button To view statistics:

1. Select Advanced Home or select Administration > Router Status . 2. In the Internet Provider (W AN) Setup pane, click the Show Statistics button. The following information is displayed:

System Up Time. The time elapsed since the router was last restarted. Port. The statistics for the WAN (Internet) and LAN (Ethernet) ports. For each port, the screen displays:

Status. The link status of the port. TxPkts. The number of packets transmitted on this port since reset or manual clear. RxPkts. The number of packets received on this port since reset or manual clear. Collisions. The number of collisions on this port since reset or manual clear. Tx B/s. The current transmission (outbound) bandwidth used on the WAN and LAN ports. Rx B/s. The current reception (inbound) bandwidth used on the WAN and LAN ports. Up Time. The time elapsed since this port acquired the link. Poll Interval. The interval at which the statistics are updated in this screen. To change the polling frequency, enter a time in seconds in the Poll Interval field and click Set Interval. To stop the polling entirely, click Stop. Administration 77 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Connection Status Button To view the Internet connection status:

1. Select Advanced Home or select Administration > Router Status . 2. In the Internet Connection pane, click the Connection Status button. The following information displays:

IP Address. The IP address that is assigned to the router. Subnet Mask. The subnet mask that is assigned to the router. Default Gateway. The IP address for the default gateway that the router communicates with. DHCP Server. The IP address for the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol server that provides the TCP/IP configuration for all the computers that are connected to the router. DNS Server. The IP address of the Domain Name Service server that provides translation of network names to IP addresses. Lease Obtained. The date and time when the lease was obtained. Lease Expires. The date and time that the lease expires. Click the Release button to return the status of all items to 0. Click the Renew button to refreshes the items. Click the Close Window button to close the Connection Status screen. Wireless Settings (2.4 GHz) The following settings are displayed:

Name (SSID). The wireless network name (SSID) that the router uses. Administration 78 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Region. The geographic region where the router is being used. It might be illegal to use the wireless features of the router in some parts of the world. Channel. The operating channel of the wireless port being used. The default channel is Auto. When Auto is selected, the router finds the best operating channel available. Channels 1, 6, and 11 do not interfere with each other. Mode. The wireless communication mode:

Wireless AP. Indicates whether the radio feature of the router is enabled. If this feature is not enabled, the WiFi LED on the front panel is off. Broadcast Name. Indicates whether the router is broadcasting its SSID. Wireless Isolation. Wireless isolation prevents wireless clients from communicating with each other when they join the wireless network. Wi-Fi Protected Setup. Indicates whether WPS is configured for this network. View Logs of Web Access or Attempted Web Access The log is a detailed record of the websites you have accessed or attempted to access. Up to 256 entries are stored in the log. Log entries appear only when keyword blocking is enabled and no log entries are made for the trusted user. To view logs:

Select Advanced > Administration > Logs. The log screen shows the following information:

Date and time. The date and time the log entry was recorded. Source IP. The IP address of the initiating device for this log entry. Administration 79 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Target address. The name or IP address of the website or news group visited or to which access was attempted. Action. Whether the access was blocked or allowed. To refresh the log screen, click the Refresh button. To clear the log entries, click the Clear Log button. To email the log immediately, click the Send Log button. Manage the Configuration File The configuration settings of the router are stored within the router in a configuration file. You can back up (save) this file to your computer, restore it, or reset it to the factory default settings. Back Up Settings To back up the routers configuration settings:

1. Select Advanced > Administration > Backup Settings. 2. Click Backup Settings. A copy of the current settings is saved. 3. Choose a location to store the .cfg file that is on a computer on your network. Restore Configuration Settings To restore configuration settings that you backed up:

1. Click the Browse button to find the cfg file. 2. Click the Restore button. The files is uploaded to the router. The router reboots. Administration 80 R6250 Smart WiFi Router WARNING!

Do not interrupt the reboot process. Erase the Current Configuration Settings You can use the Erase button to erase the configuration and restore the factory default settings. You might want to do this if you move the router to a different network or if you changed the password and have forgotten what it is. (The default password is on the product label.) You can also use the Reset button on the back of the router to erase the configuration and restore the factory settings. (See Factory Settings on page 119),. To erase the configuration settings:

Click the Erase button. The factory default settings are restored. The user name is admin, the password to password, and the LAN IP address is 192.168.1.1. DHCP is enabled. Change the Password This feature let you change the default password that is used to log in to the router with the user name admin. This is not the same as changing the password for wireless access. The label on the bottom of your router shows your unique wireless network name (SSID) and password for wireless access (see Label on page 11). To set the password for the user name admin:

1. Select Advanced > Administration > Set Password . 2. On the Set Password screen, type the old password, and type the new password twice. 3. If you want to be able to recover the password, select the Enable Password Recovery check box. 4. Click Apply. Your changes take effect. Administration 81 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Password Recovery NETGEAR recommends that you enable password recovery if you change the password for the router user name admin. Then you can recover the password if it is forgotten. This recovery process is supported in Internet Explorer, Firefox, and Chrome browsers, but not in the Safari browser. To set up password recovery:

1. Select Advanced > Administration > Set Password . 2. Select the Enable Password Recovery check box. 3. Select two security questions, and provide answers to them. 4. Click Apply. Your changes are saved. To recover your password:

1. In the address field of your browser , type www.routerlogin.net. A login window displays. 2. Click Cancel. If password recovery is enabled, you are prompted to answer two security questions. 3. Enter the saved answers to the security questions. Administration 82 9. Advanced Settings Setting up unique situations 9 This chapter describes the advanced features of your router. Networking knowledge is needed to implement some of these features. This chapter includes the following sections:

Advanced Wireless Settings Wireless Access Point (AP) Wireless Distribution System (WDS) Dynamic DNS Static Routes Remote Management Universal Plug and Play IPv6 Traffic Meter For information about the Approve USB feature, see Specify Approved USB Devices on page 53. 83 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Advanced Wireless Settings You can use this screen to turn the wireless radio on and off, to specify WPS settings, to use AP mode, and to set up a wireless access list. The Fragmentation Length, CTS/RTS Threshold, and Preamble Mode options in this screen are reserved for wireless testing and advanced configuration only. Do not change these settings unless you have a specific reason to do so. Control the Wireless Radio By default, the wireless radio is enabled so that you can connect wirelessly to the router. You can turn the wireless radio on or off in the Advanced Wireless Settings screen or by using the WiFi On/Off button on the router front panel. When the wireless radio is off, you can still use an Ethernet cable for a LAN connection to the router To turn the wireless radio on or off:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > W ireless Settings. By default, the Enable Wireless Router Radio check box is selected. 2. Select or clear the Enable Wireless Router Radio check box. If you clear this check box, this turns off the WiFi feature of the wireless router. 3. (Optional) Select the Turn off wireless signal by schedule check box and fill in the fields to specify the times when you do not need a wireless connection. For example, you could turn off the wireless signal for the weekend if you leave town. 4. Click Apply. Your changes take effect. Advanced Settings 84 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Set Up a Wireless Schedule You can use this feature to turn off the wireless signal from your router at times when you do not need a wireless connection. For example, you could turn it off for the weekend if you leave town. To configure and enable the wireless schedule:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > W ireless Settings. The Advanced Wireless Settings screen displays. 2. Click the Add a new period button. The screen adjusts:

3. Use the menus, radio buttons, and check boxes to set up a period during which you want the wireless signal to be turned of f. 4. Click the Apply button. The Advanced Wireless Settings screen displays. 5. Select the Turn off wireless signal by schedule check box to activate the schedule. 6. Click the Apply button. View or Change WPS Settings To specify WPS Settings:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > W ireless Settings. The Routers PIN field displays the PIN that you use on a registrar (for example, from the Network Explorer on a Vista Windows computer) to configure the routers wireless settings through WPS. 2. (Optional) Select or clear the Disable Routers PIN check box. The PIN function might temporarily be disabled when the router detects suspicious attempts to break into the routers wireless settings by using the routers PIN through Advanced Settings 85 R6250 Smart WiFi Router WPS. You can manually enable the PIN function by clearing the Disable Routers PIN check box. 3. (Optional) Select or clear the Keep Existing Wireless Settings check box. By default, the Keep Existing Wireless Settings check box is selected. NETGEAR recommends that you leave this check box selected. If you clear this check box, the next time a new wireless client uses WPS to connect to the router, the router wireless settings change to an automatically generated random SSID and security key. 4. Click Apply. Your changes are saved. Set Up a Wireless Access List by MAC Address You can set up a list of computers and wireless devices that are allowed to join the wireless network. This list is based on the unique MAC address of each computer and device. Each network device has a MAC address, which is a unique 12-character physical address, containing the hexadecimal characters 09, af, or AF only, and separated by colons (for example, 00:09:AB:CD:EF:01). Typically, the MAC address is on the label of the wireless card or network interface device. If you do not have access to the label, you can display the MAC address using the network configuration utilities of the computer. You might also find the MAC addresses in the Attached Devices screen. To restrict access based on MAC addresses:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > W ireless Settings. 2. Click the Setup Access List button. 3. Click Add. 4. The Wireless Card Access Setup screen opens and displays a list of currently active wireless cards and their Ethernet MAC addresses. If the computer or device you want is in the Available Wireless Cards list, select that radio button; otherwise, type a name and the MAC address. You can usually find the MAC address on the bottom of the wireless device. Advanced Settings 86 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Tip: You can copy and paste the MAC addresses from the Attached Devices screen into the MAC Address field of this screen. To do this, use each wireless computer to join the wireless network. The computer should then appear in the Attached Devices screen. 5. Click Add. The screen changes back to the list screen. 6. Add each computer or device you want to allow to connect wirelessly . 7. Select the Turn Access Control On check box. 8. Click Apply. To edit a wireless device or delete it from the access list:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > W ireless Settings. The Advanced Wireless Settings screen displays. In the table, select the radio button next to the wireless device that you want to edit or delete. 2. 3. Do one of the following:

Click the Edit button. The Edit Wireless Card screen displays. a. Edit the address information. b. Click the Accept button. Click the Delete button. The address is removed from the table. Wireless Access Point (AP) You can set up the router to run as an access point (AP) on the same local network as another router. To set up the router as an AP:

1. Use an Ethernet cable to connect the Internet port of this router to a LAN port in the other router. Cable this port to a LAN port on the other router 2. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Wireless Settings. Advanced Settings 87 R6250 Smart WiFi Router 3. Select the Enable Access Point Mode check box. The AP Mode section of the screen expands. 4. Select the check box for the IP address setting that you want to use:

Get an IP address dynamically from the other router. The other router on the network assigns an IP address to this router while this router is in AP mode. Fixed IP address (not recommended). Use this setting if you want to manually assign a specific IP address to this router while it is in AP mode. Using this option effectively requires advanced network experience. If the other router or gateway in your network also has wireless Note:

capability, NETGEAR recommends that you use wireless settings on your router that are different from those on the other router or gateway to avoid interference. You could also disable the wireless radio on the other router or gateway and use your router only for wireless client access. 5. Click the Apply button. The IP address of the router changes, and you are disconnected. To reconnect, close and restart your web browser, and type http://www.routerlogin.net. Advanced Settings 88 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Wireless Distribution System (WDS) You can set the router up to be used as a wireless base station or a wireless repeater in a wireless distribution system (WDS). A WDS lets you expand a wireless network through multiple access points. A wireless base station connects to the Internet, can have wired and wireless clients, and sends its wireless signal to an access point that functions as a wireless repeater. A wireless repeater can also have wired and wireless clients, but connects to the Internet through the wireless base station. The following figure shows a wireless repeating scenario. Base station access point Figure 10. Wireless repeating scenario Repeater access point Note: To use the wireless repeating function, you need to select None as the security option in the Wireless Settings screen, and you cannot select Auto Channel. Wireless base station. The router acts as the parent access point, that bridges traffic to and from the child repeater access point. The base station also handles wireless and wired local computers. To configure this mode, you have to know the MAC addresses of the child repeater access point. Often, the MAC address is on the product label. Wireless repeater. The router sends all traffic from its local wireless or wired computers to a remote access point. To configure this mode, you have to know the MAC address of the remote parent access point. The router is always in dual-band concurrent mode, unless you turn off one radio. If you enable the wireless repeater in either radio band, the wireless base station or wireless repeater cannot be enabled in the other radio band. However, if you enable the wireless base Advanced Settings 89 R6250 Smart WiFi Router station in either radio band and use the other radio band as a wireless router or wireless base station, dual-band concurrent mode is not affected. For you to set up a wireless network with WDS, both access points have to meet the following conditions:

Both access points have to use the same SSID, wireless channel, and encryption mode. Both access points have to be on the same LAN IP subnet. That is, all of the access point LAN IP addresses are in the same network. All LAN devices (wired and wireless computers) are configured to operate in the same LAN network address range as the access points. Set Up the Base Station The wireless repeating function works only in hub and spoke mode. The units cannot be daisy-chained. You have to know the wireless settings for both units. You have to know the MAC address of the remote unit. First, set up the base station, and then set up the repeater. To set up the base station:

1. Set up both units with the same wireless settings. The SSID and mode need to be the same and the wireless security option has to be set to None. (See Basic Wireless Settings on page 24.) 2. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > W ireless Repeating Function. 3. Select the Enable Wireless Repeating Function check box. 4. Select the Wireless Base Station radio button. 5. (Optional) Select the Disable Wireless Client Association check box to prevent wireless clients from associating with the base station and allowing LAN client associations only . You can leave the check box cleared if you prefer wireless clients to be able to associate with the base stations. Advanced Settings 90 R6250 Smart WiFi Router 6. In the Repeater MAC Address 1 through 4 fields, enter the MAC addresses for the access points that should function as repeaters. If your router is the base station, it can function as the parent for up to four other access points. 7. Click the Apply button. Your changes are saved. Set Up a Repeater Use a wired Ethernet connection to set up the repeater unit to avoid conflicts with the wireless connection to the base station. Note: If you are using the router as the base station with a non-NETGEAR router as the repeater, you might need to change more configuration settings. In particular, you should disable the DHCP server function on the access point that is the repeater. To configure the router as a repeater:

1. Log in to the router that will be the repeater . 2. Select Basic > Wireless Settings and verify that the wireless settings match the base unit exactly. The wireless security option has to be set to WEP or None. 3. Select Advanced > Wireless Repeating Function. 4. Select the Enable Wireless Repeating Function check box. 5. Select the Wireless Repeater radio button. 6. Fill in the Repeater IP Address field. Advanced Settings 91 R6250 Smart WiFi Router This IP address has to be in the same subnet as the base station, but different from the LAN IP address of the base station. 7. (Optional) Select the Disable Wireless Client Association check box to prevent wireless clients from associating with the repeater and allowing LAN client associations only . You can leave the check box cleared if you prefer wireless clients to be able to associate with the repeater. In the Base Station MAC Address field, enter the MAC addresses for the access point that should function as the base station. 8. 9. Click Apply. Your changes are saved. 10. Verify connectivity across the LANs. A computer on any wireless or wired LAN segment of the router can connect to the Internet or share files and printers with any other computer or server connected to the other access point. Dynamic DNS If your Internet service provider (ISP) gave you a permanently assigned IP address, you can register a domain name and have that name linked with your IP address by public Domain Name Servers (DNS). However, if your Internet account uses a dynamically assigned IP address, you do not know in advance what your IP address will be, and the address can change frequently. In this case, you can use a commercial Dynamic DNS service. This type of service lets you register your domain to their IP address and forwards traffic directed at your domain to your frequently changing IP address. If your ISP assigns a private WAN IP address (such as 192.168.x.x or 10.x.x.x), the Dynamic DNS service does not work because private addresses are not routed on the Internet. Your router contains a client that can connect to the Dynamic DNS service provided by DynDNS.org. First visit their website at http://www.dyndns.org and obtain an account and host name that you configure in the router. Then, whenever your ISP-assigned IP address changes, your router automatically contacts the Dynamic DNS service provider, logs in to your account, and registers your new IP address. If your host name is hostname, for example, you can reach your router at http://hostname.dyndns.org. Advanced Settings 92 R6250 Smart WiFi Router To set up Dynamic DNS:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Dynamic DNS . 2. Register for an account with one of the Dynamic DNS service providers whose URLs are in the Service Provider list. For example, for DynDNS.org, select www.dyndns.org. 3. Select the Use a Dynamic DNS Service check box. 4. Select the URL of your Dynamic DNS service provider . 5. Type the host name (or domain name) that your Dynamic DNS service provider gave you. 6. Type the user name for your Dynamic DNS account. This is the name that you use to log in to your account, not your host name. 7. Type the password (or key) for your Dynamic DNS account. 8. Click Apply. Your changes are saved. Static Routes Static routes provide more routing information to your router. Typically, you do not need to add static routes. You have to configure static routes only for unusual cases such as multiple routers or multiple IP subnets on your network. As an example of when a static route is needed, consider the following case:

Your primary Internet access is through a cable modem to an ISP. You have an ISDN router on your home network for connecting to the company where you are employed. This routers address on your LAN is 192.168.1.100. Your companys network address is 134.177.0.0. When you first configured your router, two implicit static routes were created. A default route was created with your ISP as the gateway, and a second static route was created to your local network for all 192.168.1.x addresses. With this configuration, if you attempt to access a device on the 134.177.0.0 network, your router forwards your request to the ISP. The ISP forwards your request to the company where you are employed, and the request is likely to be denied by the companys firewall. Advanced Settings 93 R6250 Smart WiFi Router In this case you have to define a static route, telling your router that 134.177.0.0 should be accessed through the ISDN router at 192.168.1.100. In this example:

The Destination IP Address and IP Subnet Mask fields specify that this static route applies to all 134.177.x.x addresses. The Gateway IP Address field specifies that all traffic for these addresses should be forwarded to the ISDN router at 192.168.1.100. A metric value of 1 works because the ISDN router is on the LAN. Private is selected only as a precautionary security measure in case RIP is activated. To set up a static route:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Static Routes . 2. Click Add. In the Route Name field, type a name for this static route (for identification purposes only .) 3. 4. Select the Private check box if you want to limit access to the LAN only . If Private is selected, the static route is not reported in RIP. 5. Select the Active check box to make this route ef fective. 6. Type the IP address of the final destination. 7. Type the IP subnet mask for this destination. If the destination is a single host, type 255.255.255.255. 8. Type the gateway IP address, which has to be on the same LAN segment as the router. 9. Type a number from 1 through 15 as the metric value. This value represents the number of routers between your network and the destination. Usually, a setting of 2 or 3 works, but if this is a direct connection, set it to 1. 10. Click the Apply button. The static route is added. To edit or delete a static route:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Static Routes . The Static Routes screen displays. In the table, select the radio button next to the route that you want to edit or delete. 2. 3. Do one of the following:

Advanced Settings 94 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Click the Edit button. The Static Routes screen adjusts. a. Edit the route information. b. Click the Apply button. Click the Delete button. The route is removed from the table. Remote Management The remote management feature lets you access your router over the Internet to view or change its settings. Note: Be sure to change the router default login password to a secure password. The ideal password contains no dictionary words from any language and contains uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and symbols. It can be up to 30 characters. See Change the Password on page 81. To set up remote management:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Remote Management . 2. Select the Turn Remote Management On check box. 3. Under Allow Remote Access By, specify the external IP addresses to be allowed to access the routers remote management. For enhanced security, restrict access to as few external IP addresses Note:

as practical. Advanced Settings 95 R6250 Smart WiFi Router To allow access from a single IP address on the Internet, select Only This Computer. Enter the IP address that will be allowed access. To allow access from a range of IP addresses on the Internet, select IP Address Range. Enter a beginning and ending IP address to define the allowed range. To specify IP addresses, select IP Address List and type in the allowed IP addresses. To allow access from any IP address on the Internet, select Everyone. 4. Specify the port number for accessing the web management interface. Normal web browser access uses the standard HTTP service port 80. For greater security, enter a custom port number for the remote web management interface. Choose a number from 1024 to 65535, but do not use the number of any common service port. The default is 8080, which is a common alternate for HTTP. 5. Click the Apply button. Your changes take effect. 6. When you access your router from the Internet, type your routers WAN IP address into your browsers address or location field followed by a colon (:) and the custom port number . For example, if your external address is 134.177.0.123 and you use port number 8080, enter http://134.177.0.123:8080 in your browser. Universal Plug and Play Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) helps devices, such as Internet appliances and computers, access the network and connect to other devices as needed. UPnP devices can automatically discover the services from other registered UPnP devices on the network. If you use applications such as multiplayer gaming, peer-to-peer connections, or real-time communications such as instant messaging or remote assistance (a feature in Windows XP), you should enable UPnP. To turn on Universal Plug and Play:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > UPnP. The UPnP screen displays. 2. Select the Turn UPnP On check box. Advanced Settings 96 R6250 Smart WiFi Router By default, this check box is selected. UPnP for automatic device configuration can be enabled or disabled. If the Turn UPnP On check box is cleared, the router does not allow any device to automatically control the resources, such as port forwarding (mapping), of the router. 3. Type the advertisement period in minutes. The advertisement period specifies how often the router broadcasts its UPnP information. This value can range from 1 to 1440 minutes. The default period is 30 minutes. Shorter durations ensure that control points have current device status at the expense of additional network traffic. Longer durations can compromise the freshness of the device status, but can significantly reduce network traffic. 4. Type the advertisement time to live in hops. The time to live for the advertisement is measured in hops (steps) for each UPnP packet sent. The time to live hop count is the number of steps a broadcast packet is allowed to propagate for each UPnP advertisement before it disappears. The number of hops can range from 1 to 255. The default value for the advertisement time to live is 4 hops, which should be fine for most home networks. If you notice that some devices are not being updated or reached correctly, it might be necessary to increase this value. 5. Click the Apply button. The UPnP Portmap Table displays the IP address of each UPnP device that is accessing the router and which ports (internal and external) that device has opened. The UPnP Portmap Table also displays what type of port is open and whether that port is still active for each IP address. 6. Optional) To refresh the information in the UPnP Portmap Table, click the Refresh button. IPv6 You can use this feature to set up an IPv6 Internet connection type if genie does not detect it automatically. To set up an IPv6 Internet connection type:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > IPv6 . 2. In the Internet Connection Type list, select the IPv6 connection type. Your Internet service provider (ISP) can provide this information. If your ISP did not provide details, you can select IPv6 Tunnel. Advanced Settings 97 R6250 Smart WiFi Router If you are not sure, select Auto Detect so that the router detects the IPv6 type that is in use. If your Internet connection does not use PPPoE, DHCP, or fixed, but is IPv6, select Auto Config. For more detailed information about Internet connection types, see the following sections. 3. Click the Apply button. Your changes take effect. Requirements for Entering IPv6 Addresses IPv6 addresses are denoted by eight groups of hexadecimal quartets that are separated by colons. Any four-digit group of zeroes within an IPv6 address can be reduced to a single zero or altogether omitted. The following errors invalidate an IPv6 address:

More than eight groups of hexadecimal quartets More than four hexadecimal characters in a quartet More than two colons in a row Auto Detect To set up an IPv6 Internet connection through auto detection:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > IPv6 . 2. The IPv6 screen displays. In the Internet Connection Type list, select Auto Detect. The screen adjusts:

The router automatically detects the information in the following fields:

Connection Type. This field indicates the connection type that is detected. Advanced Settings 98 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Routers IPv6 Address on WAN. This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the routers WAN (or Internet) interface. The number after the slash (/) is the length of the prefix, which is also indicated by the underline (_) under the IPv6 address. If no address is acquired, the field displays Not Available. Routers IPv6 Address on LAN. This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the routers LAN interface. The number after the slash (/) is the length of the prefix, which is also indicated by the underline (_) under the IPv6 address. If no address is acquired, the field displays Not Available. 3. Specify how the router assigns IPv6 addresses to the devices on your home network (the LAN) by selecting one of the following radio buttons:

Use DHCP Server. This method passes more information to LAN devices, but some IPv6 systems might not support the DHCv6 client function. Auto Config. This is the default setting. 4. (Optional) Select the Use This Interface ID check box, and specify the interface ID that you want to be used for the IPv6 address of the router s LAN interface. If you do not specify an ID here, the router generates one automatically from its MAC address. 5. Click the Apply button. IPv6 Auto Config To set up an IPv6 Internet connection through auto configuration:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > IPv6 . 2. The IPv6 screen displays. In the Internet Connection Type list, select Auto Config. The screen adjusts:

The router automatically detects the information in the following fields:

Advanced Settings 99 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Routers IPv6 Address on WAN. This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the routers WAN (or Internet) interface. The number after the slash (/) is the length of the prefix, which is also indicated by the underline (_) under the IPv6 address. If no address is acquired, the field displays Not Available. Routers IPv6 Address on LAN. This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the routers LAN interface. The number after the slash (/) is the length of the prefix, which is also indicated by the underline (_) under the IPv6 address. If no address is acquired, the field displays Not Available. 3. (Optional) In the DHCP User Class (If Required) field, enter a host name. Most people do not need to fill in this field, but if your ISP has given you a specific host name, enter it here. 4. (Optional) In the Domain Name (If Required) field, enter a domain name. You can type the domain name of your IPv6 ISP. (Do not enter the domain name for the IPv4 ISP here.) For example, if your ISPs mail server is mail.xxx.yyy.zzz, you would type xxx.yyy.zzz as the domain name. If your ISP provided a domain name, type it in this field.

(For example, Earthlink Cable might require a host name of home, and Comcast sometimes supplies a domain name.) 5. Specify how the router assigns IPv6 addresses to the devices on your home network (the LAN) by selecting one of the following radio buttons:

Use DHCP Server. This method passes more information to LAN devices, but some IPv6 systems might not support the DHCv6 client function. Auto Config. This is the default setting. 6. (Optional) Select the Use This Interface ID check box, and specify the interface ID that you want to be used for the IPv6 address of the router s LAN interface. If you do not specify an ID here, the router generates one automatically from its MAC address. 7. Click the Apply button. IPv6 6to4 Tunnel The remote relay router is the router to which your router creates the 6to4 tunnel. Make sure that the IPv4 Internet connection is working before you apply the 6to4 tunnel settings for the IPv6 connection. To set up an IPv6 Internet connection by using a 6to4 tunnel:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > IPv6 . The IPv6 screen displays. In the Internet Connection Type list, select 6to4 Tunnel. 2. Advanced Settings 100 R6250 Smart WiFi Router The screen adjusts:

The router automatically detects the information in the following fields:

Routers IPv6 Address on WAN. This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the routers WAN (or Internet) interface. The number after the slash (/) is the length of the prefix, which is also indicated by the underline (_) under the IPv6 address. If no address is acquired, the field displays Not Available. Routers IPv6 Address on LAN. This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the routers LAN interface. The number after the slash (/) is the length of the prefix, which is also indicated by the underline (_) under the IPv6 address. If no address is acquired, the field displays Not Available. 3. Configure the remote 6to4 relay router settings by selecting one of the following buttons:

Auto. Your router uses any remote relay router that is available on the Internet. This is the default setting. Static IP Address. Enter the static IPv4 address of the remote relay router. This address is usually provided by your IPv6 ISP. 4. Specify how the router assigns IPv6 addresses to the devices on your home network (the LAN) by selecting one of the following radio buttons:

Use DHCP Server. This method passes more information to LAN devices, but some IPv6 systems might not support the DHCv6 client function. Auto Config. This is the default setting. 5. (Optional) Select the Use This Interface ID check box, and specify the interface ID that you want to be used for the IPv6 address of the router s LAN interface. If you do not specify an ID here, the router generates one automatically from its MAC address. 6. Click the Apply button. IPv6 Pass Through In pass-through mode, the router works as a Layer 2 Ethernet switch with two ports (LAN and WAN Ethernet ports) for IPv6 packets. The router does not process any IPv6 header packets. Advanced Settings 101 R6250 Smart WiFi Router To set up a pass-through IPv6 Internet connection:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > IPv6 . The IPv6 screen displays. In the Internet Connection Type list, select Pass Through. 2. The screen adjusts, but no additional fields display. 3. Click the Apply button. IPv6 Fixed To set up a pass-through IPv6 Internet connection:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > IPv6 . The IPv6 screen displays. 2. Select Fixed from the menu. The screen adjusts:

3. Configure the fixed IPv6 addresses for the W AN connection. The following fields are included in this screen:

IPv6 Address/Prefix Length. The IPv6 address and prefix length of the router WAN interface. Default IPv6 Gateway. The IPv6 address of the default IPv6 gateway, which is supposed to be on the routers WAN interface. Primary DNS Server. The primary DNS server that resolves IPv6 domain name records for the router. Secondary DNS Server. The secondary DNS server that resolves IPv6 domain name records for the router. Advanced Settings 102 R6250 Smart WiFi Router If you do not specify the DNS servers, the router uses the DNS servers Note:

that are configured for the IPv4 Internet connection on the Internet Setup screen. (See Internet Setup on page 20.) 4. Specify how the router assigns IPv6 addresses to the devices on your home network (the LAN) by selecting one of the following radio buttons:

Use DHCP Server. This method passes more information to LAN devices, but some IPv6 systems might not support the DHCv6 client function. 5. Auto Config. This is the default setting. In the IPv6 Address/Prefix Length fields, specify the static IPv6 address and prefix length of the routers LAN interface. If you do not specify an ID here, the router generates one automatically from its MAC address. 6. Click the Apply button. IPv6 DHCP To set up an IPv6 Internet connection with a DHCP server:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > IPv6 . 2. The IPv6 screen displays. In the Internet Connection Type list, select DHCP. The screen adjusts:

The router automatically detects the information in the following fields:

Routers IPv6 Address on WAN. This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the routers WAN (or Internet) interface. The number after the slash (/) is the length of the prefix, which is also indicated by the underline (_) under the IPv6 address. If no address is acquired, the field displays Not Available. Advanced Settings 103 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Routers IPv6 Address on LAN. This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the routers LAN interface. The number after the slash (/) is the length of the prefix, which is also indicated by the underline (_) under the IPv6 address. If no address is acquired, the field displays Not Available. 3. (Optional) In the DHCP User Class (If Required) field, enter a host name. Most people do not need to fill in this field, but if your ISP has given you a specific host name, enter it here. 4. (Optional) In the Domain Name (If Required) field, enter a domain name. You can type the domain name of your IPv6 ISP. (Do not enter the domain name for the IPv4 ISP here.) For example, if your ISPs mail server is mail.xxx.yyy.zzz, you would type xxx.yyy.zzz as the domain name. If your ISP provided a domain name, type it in this field.

(For example, Earthlink Cable might require a host name of home, and Comcast sometimes supplies a domain name.) 5. Specify how the router assigns IPv6 addresses to the devices on your home network (the LAN) by selecting one of the following radio buttons:

Use DHCP Server. This method passes more information to LAN devices, but some IPv6 systems might not support the DHCv6 client function. Auto Config. This is the default setting. 6. (Optional) Select the Use This Interface ID check box, and specify the interface ID that you want to be used for the IPv6 address of the router s LAN interface. If you do not specify an ID here, the router generates one automatically from its MAC address. 7. Click the Apply button. IPv6 PPPoE To set up a PPPoE IPv6 Internet connection:

1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > IPv6 . The IPv6 screen displays. In the Internet Connection Type list, select PPPoE. 2. Advanced Settings 104 R6250 Smart WiFi Router The screen adjusts:

The router automatically detects the information in the following fields:

Routers IPv6 Address on WAN. This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the routers WAN (or Internet) interface. The number after the slash (/) is the length of the prefix, which is also indicated by the underline (_) under the IPv6 address. If no address is acquired, the field displays Not Available. Routers IPv6 Address on LAN. This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the routers LAN interface. The number after the slash (/) is the length of the prefix, which is also indicated by the underline (_) under the IPv6 address. If no address is acquired, the field displays Not Available. 3. 4. 5. In the Login fields, enter the login information for the ISP connection. This is usually the name that you use in your email address. For example, if your main mail account is JerAB@ISP.com, then you would type JerAB in this field. Some ISPs (like Mindspring, Earthlink, and T-DSL) require that you use your full email address when you log in. If your ISP requires your full email address, type it in this field. In the Password field, enter the password for the ISP connection. In the Service Name name field, enter a service name. If your ISP did not provide a service name, leave this field blank. Note:

The default setting of the Connection Mode field is Always on to provide a steady IPv6 connection. The router never terminates the connection. If the connection is terminated, for example, when the modem is turned off, the router attempts to reestablish the connection immediately after the PPPoE connection becomes available again. 6. Specify how the router assigns IPv6 addresses to the devices on your home network (the LAN) by selecting one of the following radio buttons:

Advanced Settings 105 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Use DHCP Server. This method passes more information to LAN devices, but some IPv6 systems might not support the DHCv6 client function. Auto Config. This is the default setting. 7. (Optional) Select the Use This Interface ID check box, and specify the interface ID that you want to be used for the IPv6 address of the router s LAN interface. If you do not specify an ID here, the router generates one automatically from its MAC address. 8. Click the Apply button. Traffic Meter Traffic metering allows you to monitor the volume of Internet traffic that passes through the router Internet port. You can set limits for traffic volume. To monitor Internet traffic:

1. Click Advanced > Advanced Setup > Traffic Meter. Scroll to view more settings 2. Select the Enable Traffic Meter check box. 3. (Optional) Control the volume of Internet traf fic. You can use either the traffic volume control feature or the connection time control feature to do this. Select the Traffic volume control by radio button and then select one of the following options:

- No Limit. No restriction is applied when the traffic limit is reached.

- Download only. The restriction is applied to incoming traffic only.

- Both Directions. The restriction is applied to both incoming and outgoing traffic. Select the Connection time control radio button and enter the allowed hours in the Monthly limit field. Advanced Settings 106 R6250 Smart WiFi Router 6. 5. 4. (Optional) If your ISP charges an amount of extra data volume when you make a new connection, enter the extra data volume in MB in the Round up data volume for each connection by field. In the Traffic Counter section, set the traf fic counter to begin at a specific time and date. If you want the traffic counter to start immediately, click the Restart Counter Now button. In the Traffic Control section, specify whether the router should issue a warning message before the monthly limit of Mbytes or hours is reached. By default, the value is 0 and no warning message is issued. You can select one of the following to occur when the limit is attained:

The Internet LED flashes green or amber. The Internet connection is disconnected and disabled. 7. Click the Apply button. The Internet Traffic Statistics section helps you to monitor the data traffic. Click the Refresh button to update the Traffic Statistics section. Click the Traffic Status button to display more information about the data traffic on your router and to change the poll interval. Advanced Settings 107 10. Troubleshooting 10 This chapter provides information to help you diagnose and solve problems you might have with your router. If you do not find the solution here, check the NETGEAR support site at http://support.netgear.com for product and contact information. This chapter contains the following sections:

Quick Tips Troubleshoot with the LEDs Cannot Log In to the Router Cannot Access the Internet Changes Not Saved Wireless Connectivity Troubleshoot Your Network Using the Ping Utility 108 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Quick Tips This section describes tips for troubleshooting some common problems. Sequence to Restart Your Network When you need to restart your network, follow this sequence:

1. Turn off and unplug the modem. 2. Turn off the router. 3. Plug in the modem and turn it on. W ait 2 minutes. 4. Turn on the router and wait 2 minutes. Check Ethernet Cable Connections If your device does not power on, make sure that the Ethernet cables are securely plugged in. The Internet LED on the router is on if the Ethernet cable connecting the router and the modem is plugged in securely and the modem and router are turned on. For each powered-on computer connected to the router by an Ethernet cable, the corresponding numbered router LAN port LED is on. Wireless Settings Make sure that the wireless settings in the computer and router match exactly. For a wirelessly connected computer, the wireless network name (SSID) and wireless security settings of the router and wireless computer need to match exactly. If you set up an access list in the Advanced Wireless Settings screen, you have to add each wireless computers MAC address to the routers access list. Network Settings Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct. Wired and wirelessly connected computers need to have network (IP) addresses on the same network as the router. The simplest way to do this, is to configure each computer to obtain an IP address automatically using DHCP. Some cable modem service providers require you to use the MAC address of the computer initially registered on the account. You can view the MAC address in the Attached Devices screen. Troubleshooting 109 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Troubleshoot with the LEDs After you turn on power to the router, the following sequence of events should occur:

1. When power is first applied, verify that the Power/T est LED 2. Verify that the Power/Test LED turns amber within a few seconds, indicating that the self-test is lit. is running. 3. After approximately 30 seconds, verify the following:

The Power/Test LED is solid green. The Internet LED is lit. A numbered Ethernet port LED is lit for any local port that is connected to a computer. This indicates that a link has been established to the connected device. The LEDs on the front panel of the router can be used for troubleshooting. Power/Test LED Is Off or Blinking Make sure that the power cord is securely connected to your router and that the power adapter is securely connected to a functioning power outlet. Check that you are using the 12V DC, 5A power adapter that NETGEAR supplied for this product. If the Power/Test LED blinks slowly and continuously, the router firmware is corrupted. This can happen if a firmware upgrade is interrupted, or if the router detects a problem with the firmware. If the error persists, you have a hardware problem. For recovery instructions, or help with a hardware problem, contact technical support at www.netgear.com/support. Power/Test LED Stays Amber When the router is turned on, the Power/Test LED turns amber for about 20 seconds and then turns green. If the LED does not turn green, the router has a problem. If the Power/Test LED is still amber 1 minute after you turn on power to the router:

1. Turn off the power and then turn it back on to see if the router recovers. 2. Press and hold the Reset button to return the router to its factory settings. See Troubleshoot Your Network Using the Ping Utility on page 116. If the error persists, you might have a hardware problem. Contact technical support at www.netgear.com/support. Troubleshooting 110 R6250 Smart WiFi Router LEDs Never Turn Off When the router is turned on, the LEDs turn on for about 10 seconds and then turn off. If all the LEDs stay on, there is a fault within the router. If all LEDs are still on 1 minute after power-up:

Cycle the power to see if the router recovers. Press and hold the Reset button to return the router to its factory settings. For more information, see Troubleshoot Your Network Using the Ping Utility on page 116. If the error persists, you might have a hardware problem. Contact technical support at www.netgear.com/support. Internet or Ethernet Port LEDs Are Off If either the Ethernet port LEDs or the Internet LED does not light when the Ethernet connection is made, check the following:

Make sure that the Ethernet cable connections are secure at the router and at the modem or computer. Make sure that power is turned on to the connected modem or computer. Be sure that you are using the correct cable. When connecting the routers Internet port to a cable or DSL modem, use the cable that was supplied with the cable or DSL modem. This cable could be a standard straight-through Ethernet cable or an Ethernet crossover cable. Wireless LEDs Are Off If the Wireless LEDs stay off, check to see if the WFi On/Off button on the router has been pressed. This button turns the wireless radios in the router on and off. The Wireless LEDs are lit when the wireless radio is turned on. The Push 'N' Connect (WPS) Button Blinks Amber If you use the WPS function, and the WPS LED blinks amber, check the following:

Make sure that you are using the button and not the routers built-in registrar. Check that PIN verification has succeeded for the wireless device you are adding to the wireless network. Make sure that you have not pressed the WPS button on the side of the router after disabling the WPS feature (you logged in to the router and disabled this previously). Check that the router is not in the temporary AP setup locked state (if you are using the wireless repeater function). Troubleshooting 111 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Cannot Log In to the Router If you are unable to log in to the router from a computer on your local network, check the following:

If you are using an Ethernet-connected computer, check the Ethernet connection between the computer and the router as described in the previous section. Make sure that the IP address of your computer is on the same subnet as the router. If you are using the recommended addressing scheme, your computers address should be in the range of 192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.254. If your computers IP address is shown as 169.254.x.x, recent versions of Windows and Mac OS generate and assign an IP address if the computer cannot reach a DHCP server. These auto-generated addresses are in the range of 169.254.x.x. If your IP address is in this range, check the connection from the computer to the router, and reboot your computer. If your routers IP address was changed and you do not know the current IP address, clear the routers configuration to factory defaults. This sets the routers IP address to 192.168.1.1. For more information, see Factory Settings on page 119. Make sure that your browser has Java, JavaScript, or ActiveX enabled. If you are using Internet Explorer, click Refresh to be sure that the Java applet is loaded. Try quitting the browser and launching it again. Make sure that you are using the correct login information. The factory default login name is admin, and the password is password. Make sure that Caps Lock is off when you enter this information. If you are attempting to set up your NETGEAR router as an additional router behind an existing router in your network, consider replacing the existing router. NETGEAR does not support such a configuration. If you are attempting to set up your NETGEAR router as a replacement for an ADSL gateway in your network, the router cannot perform many gateway services. For example, the router cannot convert ADSL or cable data into Ethernet networking information. NETGEAR does not support such a configuration. Cannot Access the Internet If you can access your router but not the Internet, check to see if the router can obtain an IP address from your Internet service provider (ISP). Unless your ISP provides a fixed IP address, your router requests an IP address from the ISP. You can determine whether the request was successful using the Router Status screen. To check the WAN IP address:

1. Start your browser, and select an external site such as www.netgear.com. 2. Access the router interface at www.routerlogin.net. 3. Select Administration > Router Status . Troubleshooting 112 R6250 Smart WiFi Router 4. Check that an IP address is shown for the Internet port. If 0.0.0.0 is shown, your router has not obtained an IP address from your ISP . If your router cannot obtain an IP address from the ISP, you might need to force your cable or DSL modem to recognize your new router by restarting your network. For more information, see Sequence to Restart Your Network on page If your router is still unable to obtain an IP address from the ISP, the problem might be one of the following:

Your Internet service provider (ISP) might require a login program. 109. Ask your ISP whether they require PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) or some other type of login. If your ISP requires a login, the login name and password might be set incorrectly. Your ISP might check for your computers host name. Assign the computer host name of your ISP account as the account name in the Internet Setup screen. Your ISP allows only one Ethernet MAC address to connect to Internet and might check for your computers MAC address. In this case, do one of the following:

-

Inform your ISP that you have bought a new network device, and ask them to use the routers MAC address.

- Configure your router to clone your computers MAC address. If your router can obtain an IP address, but your computer is unable to load any web pages from the Internet:

Your computer might not recognize any DNS server addresses. A DNS server is a host on the Internet that translates Internet names (such as www addresses) to numeric IP addresses. Typically, your ISP provides the addresses of one or two DNS servers for your use. If you entered a DNS address during the routers configuration, reboot your computer, and verify the DNS address. You can configure your computer manually with DNS addresses, as explained in your operating system documentation. Your computer might not have the router configured as its TCP/IP gateway. If your computer obtains its information from the router by DHCP, reboot the computer, and verify the gateway address. You might be running login software that is no longer needed. If your ISP provided a program to log you in to the Internet (such as WinPoET), you no longer need to run that software after installing your router. You might need to go to Internet Explorer and select Tools > Internet Options, click the Connections tab, and select Never dial a connection. Troubleshooting 113 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Troubleshoot PPPoE If you are using PPPoE, try troubleshooting your Internet connection. To troubleshoot a PPPoE connection:

1. Select Administration > Router Status . 2. Click Connection Status. 3. Check the Connection Status display to see if your PPPoE connection is up and working. 4. If any of the field s on the Connection Status screen indicate Failed, you can attempt to reconnect by clicking Connect. The router continues to attempt to connect indefinitely. If you cannot connect after several minutes, you might be using an incorrect service name, user name, or password. There might also be a provisioning problem with your ISP . 5. Note: Unless you connect manually, the router does not authenticate using PPPoE until data is transmitted to the network. Troubleshoot Internet Browsing If your router can obtain an IP address but your computer is unable to load any web pages from the Internet, check the following:

Your computer might not recognize any DNS server addresses. A DNS server is a host on the Internet that translates Internet names (such as www addresses) to numeric IP addresses. Typically, your ISP provides the addresses of one or two DNS servers for your use. If you entered a DNS address during the routers configuration, restart your computer. Alternatively, you can configure your computer manually with a DNS address, as explained in the documentation for your computer. Your computer might not have the router configured as its default gateway. Reboot the computer and verify that the router address (www.routerlogin.net) is listed by your computer as the default gateway address. You might be running log in software that is no longer needed. If your ISP provided a program to log you in to the Internet (such as WinPoET), you no longer need to run that software after installing your router. You might need to go to Internet Explorer and select Tools > Internet Options, click the Connections tab, and select Never dial a connection. Troubleshooting 114 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Changes Not Saved If the router does not save the changes you make in the router interface, check the following:

When entering configuration settings, always click the Apply button before moving to another screen or tab, or your changes are lost. Click the Refresh or Reload button in the web browser. The changes might have occurred, but the old settings might be in the web browsers cache. Wireless Connectivity If you are having trouble connecting wirelessly to the router, try to isolate the problem. Does the wireless device or computer that you are using find your wireless network?

If not, check the WiFi LED on the front of the router. If it is off, you can press the WiFi On/Off button on the side of the router to turn the router wireless radios back on. If you disabled the routers SSID broadcast, then your wireless network is hidden and does not show up in your wireless clients scanning list. (By default, SSID broadcast is enabled.) Does your wireless device support the security that you are using for your wireless network (WPA or WPA2)?

If you want to view the wireless settings for the router, use an Ethernet cable to connect a computer to a LAN port on the router. Then log in to the router, and select Wireless see

(Basic Wireless Settings on page 24). Note:

Be sure to click Apply if you change settings. Wireless Signal Strength If your wireless device finds your network, but the signal strength is weak, check these conditions:

Is your router too far from your computer, or too close? Place your computer near the router, but at least 6 feet (1.8 meters) away, and see whether the signal strength improves. Are objects between the router and your computer blocking the wireless signal?

Troubleshooting 115 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Troubleshoot Your Network Using the Ping Utility Most network devices and routers contain a ping utility that sends an echo request packet to the designated device. The device then responds with an echo reply. You can easily troubleshoot a network is easy using the ping utility in your computer or workstation. Test the LAN Path to Your Router You can ping the router from your computer to verify that the LAN path to your router is set up correctly. To ping the router from a Windows computer:

1. From the Windows toolbar, click Start, and then select Run. 2. In the field provided, t ype ping followed by the IP address of the router, as in this example:

ping www.routerlogin.net 3. Click OK. You should see a message like this one:

Pinging <IP address > with 32 bytes of data If the path is working, you see this message:

Reply from < IP address >: bytes=32 time=NN ms TTL=xxx If the path is not working, you see this message:

Request timed out If the path is not functioning correctly, you could have one of the following problems:

Wrong physical connections For a wired connection, make sure that the numbered LAN port LED is lit for the port to which you are connected. Check that the appropriate LEDs are on for your network devices. If your router and computer are connected to a separate Ethernet switch, make sure that the link LEDs are lit for the switch ports that are connected to your computer and router. Wrong network configuration Verify that the Ethernet card driver software and TCP/IP software are both installed and configured on your computer. Verify that the IP address for your router and your computer are correct and that the addresses are on the same subnet. Troubleshooting 116 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Test the Path from Your Computer to a Remote Device After verifying that the LAN path works correctly, test the path from your computer to a remote device. 1. From the Windows toolbar, click the Start button, and then select Run. 2. In the Windows Run window , type:

ping -n 10 <IP address>

where <IP address> is the IP address of a remote device such as your ISPs DNS server. If the path is functioning correctly, replies like those shown in the previous section are displayed. If you do not receive replies:

Check that your computer has the IP address of your router listed as the default gateway. If the IP configuration of your computer is assigned by DHCP, this information is not visible in your computer Network Control Panel. Verify that the IP address of the router is listed as the default gateway. Check to see that the network address of your computer (the portion of the IP address specified by the subnet mask) is different from the network address of the remote device. Check that your cable or DSL modem is connected and functioning. If your ISP assigned a host name to your computer, enter that host name as the account name in the Internet Setup screen. Your ISP could be rejecting the Ethernet MAC addresses of all but one of your computers. Many broadband ISPs restrict access by allowing traffic only from the MAC address of your broadband modem. Some ISPs additionally restrict access to the MAC address of a single computer connected to that modem. If this is the case, configure your router to clone or spoof the MAC address from the authorized computer. Troubleshooting 117 A. Supplemental Information This appendix covers the following topics:

Factory Settings Technical Specifications A 118 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Factory Settings You can return the router to its factory settings. Use the end of a paper clip or a similar object to press and hold the Reset button on the back of the router for at least 7 seconds. The router resets, and returns to the factory configuration settings shown in the following table. Table 3. Factory default settings Feature Default behavior Router login User login URL www.routerlogin.com or www.routerlogin.net Internet connection Local network

(LAN) User name (case-sensitive) admin Login password (case-sensitive) password WAN MAC address Use default hardware address WAN MTU size Port speed LAN IP Subnet mask DHCP server DHCP range Time zone 1500 Autosensing 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 Enabled 192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.254 Pacific time Time zone daylight savings time Disabled Allow a registrar to configure this router Enabled Local network

(LAN) continued DHCP starting IP address 192.168.1.2 DHCP ending IP address 192.168.1.254 DMZ Time zone Disabled GMT for WW except NA and GR, GMT+1 for GR, GMT-8 for NA Time zone adjusted for daylight savings time SNMP Disabled Disabled Firewall Inbound (communications coming in from the Internet) Disabled (except traffic on port 80, the HTTP port) Outbound (communications going out to the Internet) Enabled (all) Source MAC filtering Disabled Supplemental Information 119 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Table 3. Factory default settings (Continued) Feature Wireless Wireless communication Enabled Default behavior SSID name Security Broadcast SSID Transmission speed Country/region RF channel Operating mode See router label WPA2-PSK (AES) Enabled Auto*

United States in the US; otherwise varies by region 6 until region selected Up to 145 Mbps at 2.4 GHz, Up to 1300 Mbps at 5 GHz Firewall Inbound (communications coming in from the Internet) Disabled (bars all unsolicited requests) Outbound (communications going out to the Internet) Enabled (all)

*. Maximum wireless signal rate derived from IEEE Standard 802.11 specifications. Actual throughput can vary. Network conditions and environmental factors, including volume of network traffic, building materials and construction, and network overhead, lower actual data throughput rate. Supplemental Information 120 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Technical Specifications Table 4. R6250 Router specifications Feature Description Data and routing protocols Power adapter Dimensions Weight TCP/IP, RIP-1, RIP-2, DHCP, PPPoE, PPTP, Bigpond, Dynamic DNS, UPnP, and SMB North America: 120V, 60 Hz, input UK, Australia: 240V, 50 Hz, input Europe: 230V, 50 Hz, input All regions (output): 12V DC @ 2.5A, output Dimensions: 205 x 255 x 77 mm (8.07 x 10.04 x 3.03 in) Weight: 654 g (1.44 lb) Operating temperature 0 to 40 C

(32 to 104 F) Operating humidity 90% maximum relative humidity, noncondensing Electromagnetic emissions LAN WAN Wireless FCC Part 15 Class B VCCI Class B EN 55 022 (CISPR 22), Class B C-Tick N10947 10BASE-T or 100BASE-Tx or 1000BASE-T, RJ-45 10BASE-T or 100BASE-Tx or 1000BASE-T, RJ-45 Maximum wireless signal rate complies with the IEEE 802.11 standard. See the footnote for the previous table. Radio data rates Auto Rate Sensing Data encoding standards IEEE 802.11ac 2.0 IEEE 802.11n version 2.0 IEEE 802.11n, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11b 2.4 GHz IEEE 802.11n, IEEE 802.11a 5.0 GHz Maximum computers per wireless network Limited by the amount of wireless network traffic generated by each node

(typically 5070 nodes). Supplemental Information 121 R6250 Smart WiFi Router Table 4. R6250 Router specifications (Continued) Feature Operating frequency range Description 2.4 GHz 2.4122.462 GHz (US) 2.4122.472 GHz (Japan) 2.4122.472 GHz (Europe ETSI) 5 GHz 5.185.24 + 5.7455.825 GHz (US) 5.185.24 GHz (Europe ETSI) FCC:

5.255.35 GHz (DFS band) 5.475.725 GHz (DFS band) 56005650 MHz is disabled and unavailable for use CE (Europe ETSI):

5.255.35 GHz (DFS band) 5.475.725 GHz (DFS band) 802.11 security WPA-PSK, WPA2-PSK, and WPA/WPA2 Supplemental Information 122 B. Notification of Compliance NETGEAR Dual Band - Wireless B Regulatory Compliance Information This section includes user requirements for operating this product in accordance with National laws for usage of radio spectrum and operation of radio devices. Failure of the end-user to comply with the applicable requirements may result in unlawful operation and adverse action against the end-user by the applicable National regulatory authority. This product's firmware limits operation to only the channels allowed in a particular Region or Country. Therefore, all options described in this user's guide may not be available in your version of the product. Europe EU Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the marking comply with the following EU directives:

EMC Directive 2004/108/EC Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC If this product has telecommunications functionality, it also complies with the requirements of the following EU Directive:

R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC Compliance with these directives implies conformity to harmonized European standards that are noted in the EU Declaration of Conformity. Intended for indoor use only in all EU member states, EFTA states, and Switzerland. This device may not be used for setting up outdoor radio links in France and in some areas the RF output power may be limited to 10 mW EIRP in the frequency range of 2454 - 2483.5 MHz. For detailed information the end-user should contact the national spectrum authority in France. FCC Requirements for Operation in the United States FCC Information to User This product does not contain any user serviceable components and is to be used with approved antennas only. Any product changes or modifications will invalidate all applicable regulatory certifications and approvals. FCC Guidelines for Human Exposure This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. FCC Declaration of Conformity We, NETGEAR, Inc., 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, CA 95134, declare under our sole responsibility that the R6250 Smart WiFi Router complies with Part 15 Subpart B of FCC CFR47 Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. 123 R6250 Smart WiFi Router FCC Radio Frequency Interference Warnings & Instructions This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following methods:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Connect the equipment into an electrical outlet on a circuit different from that which the radio receiver is Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. connected. FCC Caution Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For product available in the USA and Canada market, only channel 1~11 can be operated. Selection of other Pour les produits disponibles aux tats-Unis / Canada du march, seul le canal 1 11 peuvent tre exploits. Slection d'autres canaux n'est pas possible. This device and its antenna(s) must not be co-located or operation in conjunction with any other antenna or Cet appareil et son antenne (s) ne doit pas tre co-localiss ou fonctionnement en association avec une autre channels is not possible. transmitter. antenne ou transmetteur. Canadian Department of Communications Radio Interference Regulations This digital apparatus (R6250 Smart WiFi Router) does not exceed the Class B limits for radio-noise emissions from digital apparatus as set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This Class [B] digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil numrique de la classe [B] est conforme la norme NMB-003 du Canada Industry Canada This device complies with RSS-210 of the Industry Canada Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. IMPORTANT NOTE: Radiation Exposure Statement:

This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body. Caution:

The device for the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor usage to reduce po-tential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. Ce dispositif est conforme la norme CNR-210 d'Industrie Canada applicable aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Son fonctionnement est sujet aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) le dispositif ne doit pas produire de brouillage prjudiciable, et (2) ce dispositif doit accepter tout brouillage reu, y compris un brouillage susceptible de provoquer un fonctionnement indsirable. Notification of Compliance 124 R6250 Smart WiFi Router NOTE IMPORTANTE: Dclaration d'exposition aux radiations:

Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements IC tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis avec un minimum de 20 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. Avertissement:

Le dispositif fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz est rserv uniquement pour une utili-sation l'intrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. Interference Reduction Table The following table shows the recommended minimum distance between NETGEAR equipment and household appliances to reduce interference (in feet and meters). Household Appliance Microwave ovens Baby Monitor - Analog Baby Monitor - Digital Cordless phone - Analog Cordless phone - Digital Bluetooth devices ZigBee Recommended Minimum Distance

(in feet and meters) 30 feet / 9 meters 20 feet / 6 meters 40 feet / 12 meters 20 feet / 6 meters 30 feet / 9 meters 20 feet / 6 meters 20 feet / 6 meters Notification of Compliance 125

 

 

Photographs of EUT Report No.: 322315 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 1 OF 7 ISSUED DATE

: Mar. 15, 2013 Report No.: 322315 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 2 OF 7 ISSUED DATE

: Mar. 15, 2013 Report No.: 322315 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 3 OF 7 ISSUED DATE

: Mar. 15, 2013 Report No.: 322315 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 4 OF 7 ISSUED DATE

: Mar. 15, 2013 Report No.: 322315 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 5 OF 7 ISSUED DATE

: Mar. 15, 2013 Report No.: 322315 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 6 OF 7 ISSUED DATE

: Mar. 15, 2013 Report No.: 322315 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 7 OF 7 ISSUED DATE

: Mar. 15, 2013

 

 

Photographs of EUT Report No.: 322315 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 1 OF 6 ISSUED DATE

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: 322315 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 2 OF 6 ISSUED DATE

: Mar. 14, 2013 Power Adapter 1 Model No. MU30-5120250-A1 P/N No. 332-10234-01 Report No.: 322315 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 3 OF 6 ISSUED DATE

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: 322315 Power Adapter 2 Model No. P030WF120B 11200-6LF P/N No. 332-10200-02 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 4 OF 6 ISSUED DATE

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: 322315 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 5 OF 6 ISSUED DATE

: Mar. 14, 2013 RJ-45 Cable

(Shielded, 1.3m) Report No.: 322315 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 6 OF 6 ISSUED DATE

: Mar. 14, 2013

 

 

NaCl GC OM ORO ieee eer @ eco _ FCC ID: PY312400219 ara em aa ge) On/oft 2 LT pdaaee e and

$ Peed fs Peer) rc tac elas ea eae Cy s ae Ra =Ond pee eas This dovice complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject fo the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause hormful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference recaived, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This Class [8] digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil numrique de la classe [Best conforme & la norme NMB-003 du Canada,

 

 

Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046-1609 To:

Date: May 23, 2016 To Whom It May Concern:

We, the undersigned, hereby authorize Curtis-Straus LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Bureau Veritas to act on our behalf in all matters relating to application for equipment authorization FCC IDs:

PY313400249, PY313300241, PY314300292, PY314200260, PY314300285, PY312400216, PY315400328, PY315200315, PY315200306, PY315100302, PY315200311, PY314400298, PY315300318, PY315200308, PY314300283, PY315300322, PY314200280, PY315200317, PY315100300, PY313200233, PY315200307, PY315100301, PY315200310, PY315200309, PY314300289, PY314200281, PY314400296, PY311300176, PY312200203, PY312100187, PY314200276, PY314200277, PY312200200, PY314100253, PY312400225, PY314200274, PY312400219, PY313200227, PY314200264, PY311100157, PY312300210, PY314200275 Including the signing of all documents related to this matter. Any and all acts carried out by Curtis-Straus LLC on our behalf shall have the same effect as acts of our own. We also hereby certify that no party to this application is subject to a denial of benefits including FCC benefits, pursuant to Section 5301 of Anti-drug Abuse Act of 1998, 21 U.S.C 862. Sincerely, David Kay Regulatory Compliance Manager NETGEAR, Inc. 350 E Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134

(408) 890-3657

 

 

Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046-1609 To:

Date: May 23, 2016 To Whom It May Concern:

This letter is a request to apply for a Class II Permissive Change for the NETGEAR FCC IDs:

PY313400249, PY313300241, PY314300292, PY314200260, PY314300285, PY312400216, PY315400328, PY315200315, PY315200306, PY315100302, PY315200311, PY314400298, PY315300318, PY315200308, PY314300283, PY315300322, PY314200280, PY315200317, PY315100300, PY313200233, PY315200307, PY315100301, PY315200310, PY315200309, PY314300289, PY314200281, PY314400296, PY311300176, PY312200203, PY312100187, PY314200276, PY314200277, PY312200200, PY314100253, PY312400225, PY314200274, PY312400219, PY313200227, PY314200264, PY311100157, PY312300210, PY314200275 This Class II Permissive Change is requested for the equipment declared above, to be filed under the U-

NII New rules. No hardware or software modifications of the equipment have been performed. No changes in total power have been made in the U-NII bands. The U-NII-3 band of this equipment was previously authorized under CFR 47 15.247. The device already complies with CFR 47, 15.247(d) for all antenna configurations (See test report(s) provided in this application) According to KDB 926956 D01 U-NII Transition Plan V01r06 [Qustion 16 (c)(4)], we ask for the device to be applied under 15.407(b)(4)(ii), and, as a consequence, to be compliant with the U-NII New Rules. These devices are equipped with antennas with gains less than 10dBi. Sincerely, Sincerely, David Kay Regulatory Compliance Manager NETGEAR, Inc. 350 E Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134

(408) 890-3657

 

 

SPORTON International Inc. No. 52, Hwa Ya 1st Rd., Kwei-Shan Hsiang, TaoYuan Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C. Ph: 886-3-327-3456 / FAX: 886-3-327-0973 / www.sporton.com.tw FCC RADIO TEST REPORT Applicants company Applicant Address FCC ID Manufacturers company Manufacturer Address NETGEAR, Inc. 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, California 95134, USA PY312400219 Ambit Microsystems (Shanghai) Ltd. No. 1925, Nanle Road, Songjiang Export Processing Zone, Shanghai, China Product Name Brand Name Model Name Test Rule Part(s) Test Freq. Range Received Date Final Test Date Submission Type R6250 Smart WiFi Router NETGEAR R6250 47 CFR FCC Part 15 Subpart C 15.247 2400 ~ 2483.5MHz / 5725 ~ 5850MHz Jan. 07, 2013 Feb. 19, 2013 Original Equipment Statement Test result included is only for the IEEE 802.11n, IEEE 802.11b/g part and IEEE 802.11a/ac (5725 ~

5850MHz) of the product. The test result in this report refers exclusively to the presented test model / sample. Without written approval of SPORTON International Inc., the test report shall not be reproduced except in full. The measurements and test results shown in this test report were made in accordance with the procedures and found in compliance with the limit given in ANSI C63.10-2009, 47 CFR FCC Part 15 Subpart C, KDB 558074 D01 v02 and KDB 662911 D01 v01r02. The test equipment used to perform the test is calibrated and traceable to NML/ROC. Report Format Version: 01 Report No.: FR322315AA Table of Contents 1. CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE........................................................................................................................... 1 2. SUMMARY OF THE TEST RESULT............................................................................................................................ 2 3. GENERAL INFORMATION..................................................................................................................................... 3 3.1. Product Details ...........................................................................................................................................................................................3 3.2. Accessories .................................................................................................................................................................................................6 Table for Filed Antenna.............................................................................................................................................................................7 3.3. 3.4. Table for Carrier Frequencies ...................................................................................................................................................................8 Table for Test Modes ..................................................................................................................................................................................9 3.5. Table for Testing Locations......................................................................................................................................................................11 3.6. Table for Supporting Units .......................................................................................................................................................................11 3.7. 3.8. Table for Parameters of Test Software Setting .....................................................................................................................................12 Test Configurations...................................................................................................................................................................................14 3.9. 4. TEST RESULT......................................................................................................................................................... 17 4.1. AC Power Line Conducted Emissions Measurement .........................................................................................................................17 4.2. Maximum Conducted Output Power Measurement.........................................................................................................................23 Power Spectral Density Measurement..................................................................................................................................................27 4.3. 6dB Spectrum Bandwidth Measurement .............................................................................................................................................37 4.4. 4.5. Radiated Emissions Measurement.........................................................................................................................................................45 4.6. Emissions Measurement...........................................................................................................................................................................77 4.7. Antenna Requirements ...........................................................................................................................................................................98 5. LIST OF MEASURING EQUIPMENTS .................................................................................................................... 99 6. TEST LOCATION................................................................................................................................................ 101 APPENDIX A. TEST PHOTOS...........................................................................................................................A1 ~ A5 APPENDIX B. MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE ........................................................................................ B1 ~ B3 APPENDIX C. CO-LOCATION REPORT .........................................................................................................C1 ~ C3 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: i of ii

:Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA History of This Test Report REPORT NO. VERSION DESCRIPTION ISSUED DATE FR322315AA Rev. 01 Initial issue of report Mar. 14, 2013 47 CFR FCC Part 15 Subpart C o 6 2437 MHz Further, this requirement does not apply to intentional radiators that must be professionally installed. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: ii of ii

:Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 2. SUMMARY OF THE TEST RESULT Applied Standard: 47 CFR FCC Part 15 Subpart C Part 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 Description of Test Rule Section AC Power Line Conducted Emissions 15.207 15.247(b)(3) Maximum Conducted Output Power 15.247(e) 15.247(a)(2) 15.247(d) 15.247(d) 15.203 Power Spectral Density 6dB Spectrum Bandwidth Radiated Emissions Band Edge Emissions Antenna Requirements Result Under Limit Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies 6.12 dB 2.81 dB 4.56 dB

-

2.64 dB 0.02 dB

-

Test Items AC Power Line Conducted Emissions Maximum Conducted Output Power Power Spectral Density 6dB Spectrum Bandwidth Radiated Emissions (9kHz~30MHz) Radiated Emissions (30MHz~1GHz) Radiated / Band Edge Emissions (1GHz~18GHz) Radiated Emissions (18GHz~40GHz) Temperature Humidity DC / AC Power Source Uncertainty 2.3dB 0.8dB 0.5dB 8.510-8 0.8dB 1.9dB 1.9dB 1.9dB 0.7 3.2%

1.4%

Remark Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 2 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 3. GENERAL INFORMATION 3.1. Product Details IEEE 802.11n/ac Items Product Type Radio Type Power Type Modulation Data Modulation Data Rate (Mbps) Frequency Range Channel Number Channel Band Width (99%) Maximum Conducted Output Power Report No.: FR322315AA Description IEEE 802.11n:

For 2.4GHz Band: WLAN (2TX, 2RX) For 5GHz Band: WLAN (3TX, 3RX) IEEE 802.11ac:

WLAN (3TX, 3RX) Intentional Transceiver From Power Adapter see the below table for IEEE 802.11n/ac For 802.11n: OFDM (BPSK / QPSK / 16QAM / 64QAM) For 802.11ac: OFDM (BPSK / QPSK / 16QAM / 64QAM / 256QAM) see the below table for IEEE 802.11n 2400 ~ 2483.5MHz / 5725 ~ 5850MHz For 2.4GHz Band:

11 for 20MHz bandwidth ; 7 for 40MHz bandwidth For 5GHz Band:

5 for 20MHz bandwidth ; 2 for 40MHz bandwidth ;

1 for 80MHz bandwidth For 2.4GHz Band:

MCS0 (20MHz): 17.44 MHz ; MCS0 (40MHz): 36.16 MHz For 5GHz Band:

MCS0 (20MHz): 24.16 MHz ; MCS0 (40MHz): 46.72 MHz ;

MCS0 (80MHz): 88.00 MHz For 2.4GHz Band:

MCS0 (20MHz): 25.09 dBm ; MCS0 (40MHz): 20.48 dBm For 5GHz Band:

IEEE 802.11n:

MCS0 (20MHz): 26.99 dBm ; MCS0 (40MHz): 26.96 dBm IEEE 802.11ac:

MCS0 (20MHz): 27.19 dBm ; MCS0 (40MHz): 27.11 dBm ;

MCS0 (80MHz): 26.83 dBm Please refer to section 3.4 Please refer to section 3.3 Carrier Frequencies Antenna The EUT supports beamforming mode for 802.11ac 20/40/80MHz. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 3 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 IEEE 802.11a/b/g Items Product Type Radio Type Power Type Modulation Data Modulation Data Rate (Mbps) Frequency Range Channel Number Channel Band Width (99%) Maximum Conducted Output Power Carrier Frequencies Antenna Report No.: FR322315AA Description IEEE 802.11a: WLAN (3TX, 3RX) IEEE 802.11b: WLAN (1TX, 2RX) IEEE 802.11g: WLAN (2TX, 2RX) Intentional Transceiver From Power Adapter DSSS for IEEE 802.11b ; OFDM for IEEE 802.11a/g DSSS (BPSK / QPSK / CCK) ; OFDM (BPSK / QPSK / 16QAM / 64QAM) DSSS (1/ 2/ 5.5/11) ; OFDM (6/9/12/18/24/36/48/54) 2400 ~ 2483.5MHz / 5725 ~ 5850MHz 11b/g: 11 ; 11a: 5 11b: 11.36 MHz ; 11g: 16.08 MHz ; 11a: 25.04 MHz 11b: 25.39 dBm ; 11g: 26.24 dBm ; 11a: 26.84 dBm Please refer to section 3.4 Please refer to section 3.3 Antenna & Band width Antenna Band width Mode Single (TX) 20 MHz IEEE 802.11a IEEE 802.11b IEEE 802.11g IEEE 802.11n IEEE 802.11ac X V X X X Two (TX) Three (TX) 20 MHz 40 MHz 20 MHz 40 MHz 80 MHz X X V V X X X X V X V X X V V X X X V V X X X X V Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 4 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA IEEE 802.11n spec MCS Spatial Modulation Coding Data rate (Mbit/s) Index Streams Type Rate 20 MHz channel 40 MHz channel 800 ns GI 400 ns GI 800 ns GI 400 ns GI 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 BPSK QPSK QPSK 16-QAM 16-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM BPSK QPSK QPSK 16-QAM 16-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM BPSK QPSK QPSK 16-QAM 16-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM 1/2 1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4 2/3 3/4 5/6 1/2 1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4 2/3 3/4 5/6 1/2 1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4 2/3 3/4 5/6 6.5 13 19.5 26 39 52 58.5 65 13 26 39 52 78 104 117 130 19.5 39 58.5 78 117 156 175.5 195 7.2 14.4 21.7 28.9 43.3 57.8 65 72.2 14.4 28.9 43.3 57.8 86.7 115.6 130 144.4 21.7 43.3 65 86.7 130 173.3 195 216.7 13.5 27 40.5 54 81 108 121.5 135 27 54 81 108 162 216 243 270 40.5 81 121.5 162 243 324 364.5 405 15 30 45 60 90 120 135 150 30 60 90 120 180 240 270 300 45 90 135 180 270 360 405 450 Symbol NSS R NBPSC NCBPS NDBPS GI Explanation Number of spatial streams Code rate Number of coded bits per single carrier Number of coded bits per symbol Number of data bits per symbol guard interval Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 5 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA IEEE 802. 11a, 11n and 11ac Spec. Worst Modulation Used for Conformance Testing Number of Protocol Transmit Chains Data Rate / MCS

(NTX) Worst Data Rate /

Worst Modulation MCS Mode 802.11a 3 3 3 3 3 3 6Mbps MCS 0 MCS 0 6-54 Mbps MCS 0-23 MCS 0-23 11A5.8G-20M 11N5.8G-20M 11N5.8G-40M 11AC5.8G-20M 11AC5.8G-40M 11AC5.8G-80M MCS 0-9, Nss1-3 MCS 0-9, Nss1-3 MCS 0-9, Nss1-3 802.11n 20MHz 802.11n 40MHz 802.11ac 20MHz 802.11ac 40MHz 802.11ac 80MHz Note 1: IEEE 802.11 modulation consists of IEEE 802.11a. Note 2: IEEE 802.11n modulation consists of HT20 and HT40 (HT: High Throughput). Then EUT support HT20 and HT40. Worst modulation mode of Guard Interval (GI) is 400ns. Note 3: IEEE 802.11ac modulation consists of VHT20, VHT40, VHT80 and VHT160. Then EUT support VHT20, VHT40, VHT80. (VHT: Very High Throughput). Note 4: Modulation modes consist of 11A5.8G-20M, 11N5.8G-20M, 11N5.8G-40M, 11AC5.8G-20M, 11AC5.8G-40M, 11AC5.8G-80M MCS 0-Nss1 MCS 0-Nss1 MCS 0-Nss1 Note 5: 11A: IEEE 802.11a, 11N: IEEE 802.11n, 11AC: IEEE 802.11ac. 5.8G: 5.725-5.850GHz band Note 6: 20M/40M/80M: Channel Bandwidth 20MHz/40MHz/80MHz 3.2. Accessories Power Brand Model P/N Rating Adapter 1 NETGEAR MU30-5120250-A1 332-10234-01 Adapter 2 NETGEAR P030WF120B 11200-6LF 332-10200-02 Others RJ-45 Cable*1: Shielded, 1.3m Input:100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 0.8A Output:12Vdc, 2.5A Input:100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 1.0A Output:12Vdc, 2.5A Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 6 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 3.3. Table for Filed Antenna Report No.: FR322315AA Ant. Brand Model Name Antenna Type Connector 1 2 3 4 5 NETGEAR NETGEAR NETGEAR NETGEAR NETGEAR

-

-

-

-

-

Note: The EUT has five antennas PCB Antenna PCB Antenna PCB Antenna PCB Antenna PCB Antenna I-PEX I-PEX I-PEX I-PEX I-PEX Gain (dBi) 2.4GHz 5GHz 1.5 1.3

-

-

-

-

-

2.5 2.1 3.0

<For 2.4GHz Band:>

For IEEE 802.11b mode (1TX/2RX) Only Ant. 2 can be used as transmitting, but Ant. 1 and Ant. 2 could receive simultaneously. For IEEE 802.11g/n mode (2TX/2RX) Ant. 1 and Ant. 2 could transmit/receive simultaneously.

<For 5GHz Band:>

For IEEE 802.11a/n/ac mode (3TX/3RX):

Ant. 3, Ant. 4 and Ant. 5 could transmit/receive simultaneously. According to the above antennas, there are three antennas will transit simultaneously (one is Horizontal and the others are Vertical) Ant. 2 (2.4G) Ant. 4 (5G) Ant. 1 (2.4G) Ant. 3 (5G) Ant. 5 (5G) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 7 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 3.4. Table for Carrier Frequencies For 2.4GHz Band:

There are two bandwidth systems. For both 20MHz bandwidth systems, use Channel 1~Channel 11. For both 40MHz bandwidth systems, use Channel 3~Channel 9. Frequency Band Channel No. 2400~2483.5MHz 1 2 3 4 5 6 Frequency 2412 MHz 2417 MHz 2422 MHz 2427 MHz 2432 MHz 2437 MHz Channel No. 7 8 9 10 11

-

Frequency 2442 MHz 2447 MHz 2452 MHz 2457 MHz 2462 MHz

-

For 5GHz Band:

There are three bandwidth systems. For 20MHz bandwidth systems, use Channel 149, 153, 157, 161, 165. For 40MHz bandwidth systems, use Channel 151, 159. For 80MHz bandwidth systems, use Channel 155. Frequency Band Channel No. 5725~5850 MHz Band 4 149 151 153 155 Frequency 5745 MHz 5755 MHz 5765 MHz 5775 MHz Channel No. 157 159 161 165 Frequency 5785 MHz 5795 MHz 5805 MHz 5825 MHz Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 8 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 3.5. Table for Test Modes Report No.: FR322315AA Preliminary tests were performed in different data rate to find the worst radiated emission. The data rate shown in the table below is the worst-case rate with respect to the specific test item. Investigation has been done on all the possible configurations for searching the worst cases. The following table is a list of the test modes shown in this test report. For 2.4GHz Band Test Items AC Power Line Conducted Emissions Maximum Conducted Output Power Power Spectral Density 6dB Spectrum Bandwidth Radiated Emissions Below 1GHz Radiated Emissions Above 1GHz Band Edge Emissions Mode Normal Link MCS0/20MHz MCS0/40MHz 11b/CCK 11g/BPSK MCS0/20MHz MCS0/40MHz 11b/CCK 11g/BPSK MCS0/20MHz MCS0/40MHz 11b/CCK 11g/BPSK Normal Link MCS0/20MHz MCS0/40MHz 11b/CCK 11g/BPSK MCS0/20MHz MCS0/40MHz 11b/CCK 11g/BPSK Data Rate Auto 6.5 Mbps 13.5 Mbps 1 Mbps 6 Mbps 6.5 Mbps 13.5 Mbps 1 Mbps 6 Mbps 6.5 Mbps 13.5 Mbps 1 Mbps 6 Mbps Auto 6.5 Mbps 13.5 Mbps 1 Mbps 6 Mbps 6.5 Mbps 13.5 Mbps 1 Mbps 6 Mbps Channel

-

1/6/11 3/6/9 1/6/11 1/6/11 1/6/11 3/6/9 1/6/11 1/6/11 1/6/11 3/6/9 1/6/11 1/6/11

-

1/6/11 3/6/9 1/6/11 1/6/11 1/6/11 3/6/9 1/6/11 1/6/11 Antenna

-

1+2 1+2 2 1+2 1+2 1+2 2 1+2 1+2 1+2 2 1+2

-

1+2 1+2 2 1+2 1+2 1+2 2 1+2 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 9 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA For 5GHz Band Test Items AC Power Line Conducted Emissions Maximum Conducted Output Power Power Spectral Density 6dB Spectrum Bandwidth Radiated Emissions Below 1GHz Radiated Emissions Above 1GHz Band Edge Emissions Mode Normal Link MCS0/20MHz MCS0/40MHz MCS0/80MHz 11a/BPSK MCS0/20MHz MCS0/40MHz MCS0/80MHz 11a/BPSK MCS0/20MHz MCS0/40MHz MCS0/80MHz 11a/BPSK Normal Link MCS0/20MHz MCS0/40MHz MCS0/80MHz 11a/BPSK MCS0/20MHz MCS0/40MHz MCS0/80MHz 11a/BPSK Data Rate Auto 6.5 Mbps 13.5 Mbps Nss1 6 Mbps 6.5 Mbps 13.5 Mbps Nss1 6 Mbps 6.5 Mbps 13.5 Mbps Nss1 6 Mbps Auto 6.5 Mbps 13.5 Mbps Nss1 6 Mbps 6.5 Mbps 13.5 Mbps Nss1 6 Mbps Channel

-

149/157/165 151/159 155 149/157/165 149/157/165 151/159 155 149/157/165 149/157/165 151/159 155 149/157/165

-

149/157/165 151/159 155 149/157/165 149/157/165 151/159 155 149/157/165 Antenna

-

3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5

-

3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 Beamforming mode is worse case than non-beamforming mode so that it is representative and recorded in the test report. The following test modes were performed for all tests:

For Conducted Emission test:

Mode 1. EUT + Power Adapter 1 Mode 2. EUT + Power Adapter 2 Due to Mode 1 generated the worst test result, so it was recorded in this report. For Radiated Emission test:

Mode 1. EUT + Power Adapter 1 Mode 2. EUT + Power Adapter 2 Due to Mode 2 generated the worst test result, it was recorded in this report.

<For MPE and Co-location Test>:

The EUT could be applied with 2.4GHz WLAN function and 5GHz WLAN function; therefore Maximum Permissible Exposure (Please refer to Appendix B) and Co-location (please refer to Appendix C) tests are added for simultaneously transmit between 2.4GHz WLAN function and 5GHz WLAN function. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 10 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 3.6. Table for Testing Locations Report No.: FR322315AA Test Site No. 03CH01-CB CO01-CB TH01-CB Site Category SAC Conduction OVEN Room Location Hsin Chu Hsin Chu Hsin Chu FCC Reg. No. 262045 262045

-

IC File No. IC 4086D IC 4086D

-

Open Area Test Site (OATS); Semi Anechoic Chamber (SAC). Please refer section 6 for Test Site Address. 3.7. Table for Supporting Units Support Unit Notebook Mouse Earphone Flash Disk Notebook Notebook Notebook Brand DELL Logitech M90 SHYARO CHI ADATA DELL DELL DELL Model E6220 M-U0026 MIC-04 C103 E6220 E6430 E6430 FCC ID QDS-BRCM1049LE DoC N/A DoC QDS-BRCM1049LE QDS-BRCM1049LE QDS-BRCM1049LE Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 11 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 3.8. Table for Parameters of Test Software Setting During testing, Channel & Power Controlling Software provided by the customer was used to control the operating channel as well as the output power level. The RF output power selection is for the setting of RF output power expected by the customer and is going to be fixed on the firmware of the final end product. For 2.4GHz Band Power Parameters of IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Test Software Version Manual Tool Version : 1.0.0.10 Frequency MCS0 20MHz 2412 MHz 64 2437 MHz 90 2462 MHz 66 Power Parameters of IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Test Software Version Manual Tool Version : 1.0.0.10 Frequency MCS0 40MHz 2422 MHz 52 2437 MHz 71 2452 MHz 55 Power Parameters of IEEE 802.11b / Ant. 2 (1TX) Test Software Version Manual Tool Version : 1.0.0.10 Frequency IEEE 802.11b 2412 MHz 78 2437 MHz 99 2462 MHz 83 Power Parameters of IEEE 802.11g / Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Test Software Version Manual Tool Version : 1.0.0.10 Frequency IEEE 802.11g 2412 MHz 70 2437 MHz 97 2462 MHz 67 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 12 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA For 5GHz Band Power Parameters of IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Software Version Manual Tool Version : 1.0.0.10 Frequency MCS0 20MHz 5745 MHz 100 5785 MHz 100 5825 MHz 100 Power Parameters of IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Software Version Manual Tool Version : 1.0.0.10 Frequency MCS0 40MHz 5755 MHz 100 5795 MHz 100 Power Parameters of IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Software Version Manual Tool Version : 1.0.0.10 Frequency MCS0 20MHz 5745 MHz 100 5785 MHz 100 5825 MHz 100 Power Parameters of IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Software Version Manual Tool Version : 1.0.0.10 Frequency MCS0 40MHz 5755 MHz 100 5795 MHz 100 Power Parameters of IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 80MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Software Version Manual Tool Version : 1.0.0.10 Frequency MCS0 80MHz 5775 MHz 100 Power Parameters of IEEE 802.11a / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Software Version Manual Tool Version : 1.0.0.10 Frequency IEEE 802.11a 5745 MHz 100 5785 MHz 100 5825 MHz 100 During the test, Manual Tool Version : 1.0.0.10 under WIN XP was executed the test program to control the EUT continuously transmit RF signal. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 13 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 3.9. Test Configurations 3.9.1. Radiation Emissions Test Configuration Test Configuration: 30MHz~1GHz / Test Mode: Mode 2. Report No.: FR322315AA AC MAIN 1 h s a F l k s D i Load 3 EUT 2 A U D O I D C R S 2 3 2 V G A L P T R J

-

4 5 R J

-

1 1 U S B NB 5 6 4 EarPhone Mouse 5G WiFi NB 2.4G WiFi NB D C R S 2 3 2 V G A L P T R J

-

4 5 R J

-

1 1 U S B NB Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 Connection Power cable RJ-45 cable RJ-45 cable*3 RJ-45 cable Audio cable USB cable Shield No Yes No No No No Length 1.8m 1.5m 1.5m 10m 1.1m 1.8m Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 14 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Test Configuration: above 1GHz / Test Mode: Mode 2. Report No.: FR322315AA AC MAIN 1 EUT 2 D C R S 2 3 2 V G A L P T R J

-

4 5 R J

-

1 1 U S B NB Item 1 2 Connection Power cable RJ-45 cable Shield No No Length 1.8m 10m Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 15 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 3.9.2. AC Power Line Conduction Emissions Test Configuration Report No.: FR322315AA Test Mode: Mode 1. AC MAIN 1 Load 6 EUT 5 i k s D h s a F l 4 D C U S B V G A L P T R J

-

4 5 R J

-

1 1 U S B NB SOUND 2 3 Earphone Mouse NB 2.4G WiFi NB 5G WiFi NB Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 Connection Power cable Audio cable USB cable RJ-45 RJ-45 RJ-45*3 Shield No No No Yes No No Length 1.8m 1.1m 1.8m 1.5m 10m 1.5m Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 16 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 4. TEST RESULT 4.1. AC Power Line Conducted Emissions Measurement 4.1.1. Limit For this product which is designed to be connected to the AC power line, the radio frequency voltage that is conducted back onto the AC power line on any frequency or frequencies within the band 150 kHz to 30 MHz shall not exceed below limits table. Frequency (MHz) QP Limit (dBuV) AV Limit (dBuV) 0.15~0.5 0.5~5 5~30 66~56 56 60 56~46 46 50 4.1.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of the receiver. Receiver Parameters Attenuation Start Frequency Stop Frequency IF Bandwidth Setting 10 dB 0.15 MHz 30 MHz 9 KHz 4.1.3. Test Procedures 1. Configure the EUT according to ANSI C63.10. The EUT or host of EUT has to be placed 0.4 meter far from the conducting wall of the shielding room and at least 80 centimeters from any other grounded conducting surface. 2. Connect EUT or host of EUT to the power mains through a line impedance stabilization network

(LISN). 3. All the support units are connected to the other LISNs. The LISN should provide 50uH/50ohms coupling impedance. The frequency range from 150 KHz to 30 MHz was searched. 4. 5. Set the test-receiver system to Peak Detect Function and Specified Bandwidth with Maximum Hold Mode. The measurement has to be done between each power line and ground at the power terminal. 6. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 17 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.1.4. Test Setup Layout Report No.: FR322315AA LEGEND:

(1) Interconnecting cables that hang closer than 40 cm to the ground plane shall be folded back and forth in the center forming a bundle 30 to 40 cm long.

(2) I/O cables that are not connected to a peripheral shall be bundled in the center. The end of the cable may be terminated, if required, using the correct terminating impedance. The overall length shall not exceed 1 m.

(3) EUT connected to one LISN. Unused LISN measuring port connectors shall be terminated in 50 . LISN can be placed on top of, or immediately beneath, reference ground plane.

(3.1) All other equipment powered from additional LISN(s).

(3.2) Multiple outlet strip can be used for multiple power cords of non-EUT equipment.

(3.3) LISN at least 80 cm from nearest part of EUT chassis.

(4) Cables of hand-operated devices, such as keyboards, mice, etc., shall be placed as for normal use.

(5) Non-EUT components of EUT system being tested.

(6) Rear of EUT, including peripherals, shall all be aligned and flush with rear of tabletop.

(7) Rear of tabletop shall be 40 cm removed from a vertical conducting plane that is bonded to the ground plane. 4.1.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.1.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was placed on the test table and programmed in normal function. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 18 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 4.1.7. Results of AC Power Line Conducted Emissions Measurement Temperature Test Engineer Configuration 22 Yeh Hsieh Normal Link Humidity Phase Test Mode 52.4%

Line Mode 1. EUT + Power Adapter 1 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 19 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 20 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature Test Engineer Configuration 22 Yeh Hsieh Normal Link Humidity Phase Test Mode 52.4%

Neutral Mode 1. EUT + Power Adapter 1 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 21 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Note:

Level = Read Level + LISN Factor + Cable Loss Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 22 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 4.2. Maximum Conducted Output Power Measurement 4.2.1. Limit For systems using digital modulation in the 2400-2483.5MHz, the limit for output power is 30dBm. The limited has to be reduced by the amount in dB that the gain of the antenna exceed 6dBi. In case of point-to-point operation, the limit has to be reduced by 1dB for every 3dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6dBi. Systems operating in the 5725-5850 MHz band that are used exclusively for fixed, point-to-point operations may employ transmitting antennas with directional gain greater than 6 dBi without any corresponding reduction in transmitter output power. 4.2.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of the power meter. Power Meter Parameter Detector Setting Average 4.2.3. Test Procedures 1. Test procedures refer KDB558074 v01 r02 section 8.2.3 option 3. 2. This procedure provides an alternative for determining the RMS output power using a broadband RF average power meter with a thermocouple detector. 4.2.4. Test Setup Layout 4.2.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.2.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 23 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.2.7. Test Result of Maximum Conducted Output Power 23 Benson Peng Jan. 31, 2013 Temperature Test Engineer Test Date For 2.4GHz Band Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Humidity Configurations Report No.: FR322315AA 63%

IEEE 802.11n/ac Channel Frequency 1 6 11 2412 MHz 2437 MHz 2462 MHz Conducted Power (dBm) Ant. 1 15.98 22.14 16.43 Ant. 2 15.35 22.01 16.59 Total Conducted Power (dBm) Max. Limit

(dBm) 18.69 25.09 19.52 30.00 30.00 30.00 Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Channel Frequency 3 6 9 2422 MHz 2437 MHz 2452 MHz Conducted Power (dBm) Ant. 1 12.31 17.18 13.26 Ant. 2 12.45 17.75 13.57 Total Conducted Power (dBm) Max. Limit

(dBm) 15.39 20.48 16.43 30.00 30.00 30.00 Result Complies Complies Complies Result Complies Complies Complies For 5GHz Band Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 149 157 165 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz Conducted Power (dBm) Ant. 3 Ant. 5 21.85 22.93 22.84 21.56 21.47 22.71 Ant. 4 21.79 21.81 21.67 Total Conducted Power (dBm) Max. Limit

(dBm) 26.99 26.88 26.76 30.00 30.00 30.00 Result Complies Complies Complies Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 151 159 5755 MHz 5795 MHz Conducted Power (dBm) Ant. 3 Ant. 5 22.83 21.82 21.73 22.63 Ant. 4 21.84 21.58 Total Conducted Power (dBm) 26.96 26.78 Max. Limit

(dBm) Result 30.00 30.00 Complies Complies Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 24 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 149 157 165 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz Conducted Power (dBm) Ant. 3 Ant. 5 21.92 23.21 22.78 21.59 21.62 22.82 Ant. 4 22.01 21.95 21.81 Total Conducted Power (dBm) Max. Limit

(dBm) 27.19 26.91 26.89 30.00 30.00 30.00 Result Complies Complies Complies Note: Directional gain=GANT+10log(NANT/Nss) =5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 151 159 5755 MHz 5795 MHz Conducted Power (dBm) Ant. 3 Ant. 5 21.98 22.89 22.75 21.85 Ant. 4 22.09 21.75 Total Conducted Power (dBm) 27.11 26.91 Max. Limit

(dBm) Result 30.00 30.00 Complies Complies Note: Directional gain=GANT+10log(NANT/Nss) =5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 80MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 155 5775 MHz Conducted Power (dBm) Ant. 3 Ant. 5 22.58 21.87 Ant. 4 21.66 Total Conducted Power (dBm) Max. Limit

(dBm) Result 26.83 30.00 Complies Note: Directional gain=GANT+10log(NANT/Nss) =5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 25 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature Test Engineer Test Date 23 Benson Peng Jan. 31, 2013 Configuration IEEE 802.11b / Ant. 2 (1TX) Humidity Configurations 63%

IEEE 802.11a/b/g Channel Frequency Conducted Power

(dBm) Max. Limit

(dBm) 1 6 11 2412 MHz 2437 MHz 2462 MHz 19.33 25.39 20.19 30.00 30.00 30.00 Result Complies Complies Complies Configuration IEEE 802.11g / Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Channel Frequency 1 6 11 2412 MHz 2437 MHz 2462 MHz Conducted Power (dBm) Ant. 1 17.32 23.39 16.54 Ant. 2 17.19 23.07 16.34 Total Conducted Power (dBm) Max. Limit

(dBm) 20.27 26.24 19.45 30.00 30.00 30.00 Result Complies Complies Complies Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 149 157 165 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz Conducted Power (dBm) Ant. 3 Ant. 5 22.84 21.53 21.33 22.76 22.77 21.31 Ant. 4 21.72 21.70 21.66 Total Conducted Power (dBm) Max. Limit

(dBm) 26.84 26.74 26.73 30.00 30.00 30.00 Result Complies Complies Complies Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 26 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 4.3. Power Spectral Density Measurement 4.3.1. Limit For digitally modulated systems, the power spectral density conducted from the intentional radiator to the antenna shall not be greater than 8dBm in any 3 kHz band during any time interval of continuous transmission. 4.3.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of the spectrum analyzer. Spectrum Parameter Attenuation Span Frequency RB VB Detector Trace Sweep Time Setting Auto Set the span to 1.5 times the DTS channel bandwidth. 3 kHz 3 x RBW Peak Max Hold Auto couple Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 27 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.3.3. Test Procedures Report No.: FR322315AA 1. Test procedures refer KDB558074 v01 r02 section 9.1 option 1 & KDB 662911 D01 Multiple Transmitter Output v01r02 section In-Band Power Spectral Density (PSD) Measurements option

(2) Measure and add 10 log(NANT) dB 2. Use this procedure when the maximum conducted output power in the fundamental emission is used to demonstrate compliance. The EUT must be configured to transmit continuously at full power over the measurement duration. Ensure that the number of measurement points in the sweep 2 x span/RBW (use of a greater number of measurement points than this minimum requirement is recommended). 3. 4. Use the peak marker function to determine the maximum level in any 100 kHz band segment 5. within the fundamental EBW. Scale the observed power level to an equivalent level in 3 kHz by adjusting (reducing) the measured power by a bandwidth correction factor = 10log (3 kHz/100 kHz = -15.2 dB). The resulting PSD level must be 8 dBm. 6. 7. When measuring power spectral density with multiple antenna systems, add every result of the values by mathematic formula. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 28 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.3.4. Test Setup Layout Report No.: FR322315AA 4.3.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.3.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 29 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.3.7. Test Result of Power Spectral Density 23 Benson Peng Temperature Test Engineer For 2.4GHz Band Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Humidity Configurations Report No.: FR322315AA 63%

IEEE 802.11n/ac Frequency Power Density

(dBm/100kHz) Ant. 1 Ant. 2 Correction factor

(100kHz to Power Density

(dBm/3kHz) Single Port Limit Result Ant. 1 Ant. 2

(dBm/3kHz) 3kHz)

-15.23

-15.23

-15.23 3.34 9.06 3.50 3.50 9.23 3.41 2412 MHz 2437 MHz 2462 MHz Note: PSD Limit =(8dBm/3kHz (10log(2))=4.99dBm/3kHz Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX)

-11.73

-6.00

-11.82

-11.89

-6.17

-11.73 4.99 4.99 4.99 Complies Complies Complies Frequency Power Density

(dBm/100kHz) Ant. 1 Ant. 2 Correction factor

(100kHz to Power Density

(dBm/3kHz) Single Port Limit Result Ant. 1 Ant. 2

(dBm/3kHz) 2422 MHz 2437 MHz 2452 MHz Note: PSD Limit =(8dBm/3kHz (10log(2))=4.99dBm/3kHz

-1.80 2.22

-2.08

-1.70 2.33

-1.89

-17.03

-13.01

-17.31 3kHz)

-15.23

-15.23

-15.23

-16.93

-12.90

-17.12 4.99 4.99 4.99 Complies Complies Complies Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 30 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA For 5GHz Band Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Frequency Power Density

(dBm/100kHz) Ant.3 Ant.4 ANT.5 Correction factor

(100kHz to Power Density

(dBm/3kHz) Single Port Limit Result Ant.3 Ant.4 ANT.5

(dBm/3kHz) 3kHz)

-15.23

-15.23

-15.23 5745 MHz 11.87 12.96 13.86 5785 MHz 11.94 12.49 13.40 5825 MHz 11.41 12.69 13.67 Note: Limit = 8dBm/3KHz -(10log(3))=8dBm/3KHz -4.77dB=3.23dBm/3KHz. Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX)

-3.36 -2.27 -1.37

-3.29 -2.74 -1.83

-3.82 -2.54 -1.56 3.23 3.23 3.23 Complies Complies Complies Frequency Power Density

(dBm/100kHz) Ant.3 Ant.4 ANT.5 Correction factor

(100kHz to Power Density

(dBm/3kHz) Single Port Limit Result Ant.3 Ant.4 ANT.5

(dBm/3kHz) 8.41 8.59 9.88 10.41 9.58 10.65 5755 MHz 5795 MHz Note: Limit = 8dBm/3KHz -(10log(3))=8dBm/3KHz -4.77dB=3.23dBm/3KHz. Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 80MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX)

-6.82 -5.35 -4.82

-6.64 -5.65 -4.58 3.23 3.23 Complies Complies Frequency Power Density

(dBm/100kHz) Ant.3 Ant.4 ANT.5 Power Density

(dBm/3kHz) Single Port Limit Result Ant.3 Ant.4 ANT.5

(dBm/3kHz) 3kHz)

-15.23

-15.23 Correction factor

(100kHz to 3kHz)

-15.23 5775 MHz Note: Limit = 8dBm/3KHz -(10log(3))=8dBm/3KHz -4.77dB=3.23dBm/3KHz.

-8.66 -7.45 -7.10 8.13 6.57 7.78 3.23 Complies Directional gain=GANT+10log(NANT/Nss) =5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 31 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature Test Engineer 23 Benson Peng Humidity Configurations 63%

IEEE 802.11a/b/g Configuration IEEE 802.11b / Ant. 2 (1TX) Frequency Power Density

(dBm/100kHz) 2412 MHz 2437 MHz 2462 MHz 10.22 16.01 11.63 Correction factor (100kHz to 3kHz)

-15.23

-15.23

-15.23 Configuration IEEE 802.11g / Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Frequency Power Density

(dBm/100kHz) Ant. 1 Ant. 2 Correction factor

(100kHz to 3kHz)

-15.23

-15.23

-15.23 5.13 11.02 3.91 4.70 10.91 3.80 2412 MHz 2437 MHz 2462 MHz Note: PSD Limit =(8dBm/3kHz (10log(2))=4.99dBm/3kHz Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX)

-10.10

-4.21

-11.32 Power Density

(dBm/3kHz) Single Port Limit

(dBm/3kHz) Result

-5.01 0.78

-3.60 8.00 8.00 8.00 Complies Complies Complies Power Density

(dBm/3kHz) Single Port Limit Result Ant. 1 Ant. 2

(dBm/3kHz)

-10.53

-4.32

-11.43 4.99 4.99 4.99 Complies Complies Complies Frequency Power Density

(dBm/100kHz) Ant.3 Ant.4 ANT.5 Correction factor

(100kHz to Power Density

(dBm/3kHz) Single Port Limit Result Ant.3 Ant.4 ANT.5

(dBm/3kHz) 3kHz)

-15.23

-15.23

-15.23 5745 MHz 13.54 13.84 13.90 5785 MHz 11.92 13.01 13.88 5825 MHz 11.99 12.67 13.41 Note: Limit = 8dBm/3KHz -(10log(3))=8dBm/3KHz -4.77dB=3.23dBm/3KHz. Note: All the test values were listed in the report.

-1.69 -1.39 -1.33

-3.31 -2.22 -1.35

-3.24 -2.56 -1.82 3.23 3.23 3.23 Complies Complies Complies For plots, only the channel with maximum results was shown. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 32 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 1 / 2437 MHz Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 2 / 2437 MHz Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 33 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 5 / 5745 MHz Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 5 / 5795 MHz Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 34 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 80MHz / Ant. 5 / 5775 MHz Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11b / Ant. 2 / 2437 MHz Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 35 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11g / Ant. 1 / 2437 MHz Report No.: FR322315AA Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Ant. 5 / 5745 MHz Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 36 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 4.4. 6dB Spectrum Bandwidth Measurement 4.4.1. Limit For digital modulation systems, the minimum 6dB bandwidth shall be at least 500 kHz. 4.4.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of spectrum analyzer. Spectrum Parameters Attenuation Span Frequency RB VB Detector Trace Sweep Time Setting Auto

> 6dB Bandwidth 1-5 % or DTS BW, not exceed 100KHz 3 x RBW Peak Max Hold Auto 4.4.3. Test Procedures 1. 2. The transmitter output (antenna port) was connected to the spectrum analyzer in peak hold mode. Test was performed in accordance with KDB 558074 Guidance for Performing Compliance Measurements on Digital Transmission Systems (DTS) Operating Under 15.247 section 5.1.1 EBW Measurement Procedure 3. Multiple antenna system was performed in accordance with KDB 662911 Emissions Testing of Transmitters with Multiple Outputs in the Same Band. 4. Measured the spectrum width with power higher than 6dB below carrier. 4.4.4. Test Setup Layout 4.4.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.4.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 37 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.4.7. Test Result of 6dB Spectrum Bandwidth 23 Benson Peng Temperature Test Engineer For 2.4GHz Band Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Humidity Configurations Channel Frequency 6dB Bandwidth

(MHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth

(MHz) 1 6 11 2412 MHz 2437 MHz 2462 MHz 16.08 16.40 16.00 17.44 17.44 17.36 Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Channel Frequency 6dB Bandwidth

(MHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth

(MHz) 3 6 9 2422 MHz 2437 MHz 2452 MHz 35.20 35.52 35.68 36.00 36.16 36.00 Report No.: FR322315AA 63%

IEEE 802.11n/ac Min. Limit

(kHz) 500 500 500 Min. Limit

(kHz) 500 500 500 Test Result Complies Complies Complies Test Result Complies Complies Complies Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 38 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA For 5GHz Band Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 6dB Bandwidth

(MHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth

(MHz) 149 157 165 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz 16.56 16.72 16.64 24.08 24.16 23.84 Min. Limit

(kHz) 500 500 500 Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 6dB Bandwidth

(MHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth

(MHz) Min. Limit

(kHz) 151 159 5755 MHz 5795 MHz 36.00 36.16 46.72 45.92 500 500 Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 80MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Result Complies Complies Complies Test Result Complies Complies Channel Frequency 6dB Bandwidth

(MHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth

(MHz) Min. Limit

(kHz) Test Result 155 5775 MHz 76.16 88.00 500 Complies Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 39 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature Test Engineer 23 Benson Peng Humidity Configurations 63%

IEEE 802.11a/b/g Configuration IEEE 802.11b / Ant. 2 (1TX) Channel Frequency 6dB Bandwidth

(MHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth

(MHz) 1 6 11 2412 MHz 2437 MHz 2462 MHz 8.08 8.08 8.08 10.16 11.36 10.08 Configuration IEEE 802.11g / Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Channel Frequency 6dB Bandwidth

(MHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth

(MHz) 1 6 11 2412 MHz 2437 MHz 2462 MHz 12.64 12.32 12.32 16.00 16.08 15.84 Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 6dB Bandwidth

(MHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth

(MHz) 149 157 165 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz 16.32 16.32 16.24 25.04 24.16 23.60 Note: All the test values were listed in the report. For plots, only the channel with maximum results was shown. Min. Limit

(kHz) 500 500 500 Min. Limit

(kHz) 500 500 500 Min. Limit

(kHz) 500 500 500 Test Result Complies Complies Complies Test Result Complies Complies Complies Test Result Complies Complies Complies Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 40 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 6 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) / 2462 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 100 kHz VBW 300 kHz SWT 5 ms D1 4.543 dBm 1 D2 -1.457 dBm T1 1 Delta 1 [T1 ]

-2.08 dB 16.000000000 MHz OBW 17.360000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

1.13 dBm 2.453840000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-6.28 dBm 2.453280000 GHz T2Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

-11.49 dBm 2.470640000 GHz A 3DB 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80 Center 2.462 GHz F1 Date: 31.JAN.2013 11:36:43 F2 4 MHz/

Span 40 MHz 6 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) / 2422 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 100 kHz VBW 300 kHz SWT 10 ms D1 -1.635 dBm 1 T1 D2 -7.635 dBm 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80 Center 2.422 GHz F1 Date: 31.JAN.2013 11:37:22 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Delta 1 [T1 ]

1.25 dB 35.200000000 MHz OBW 36.000000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-5.71 dBm 2.404400000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-8.70 dBm 1 2.403920000 GHz T2Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

-9.13 dBm 2.439920000 GHz F2 8 MHz/

Span 80 MHz A 3DB Page No. Issued Date

: 41 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 6 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX)

/ 5745 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 100 kHz VBW 300 kHz SWT 20 ms D1 12.58 dBm 1 D2 6.58 dBm T1 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80 Center 5.745 GHz F1 Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:08:27 F2 4 MHz/

Span 40 MHz Delta 1 [T1 ]

-0.12 dB 16.560000000 MHz OBW 24.080000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

7.11 dBm 1 5.736920000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-8.93 dBm 5.733080000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

T2

-8.52 dBm 5.757160000 GHz A 3DB Delta 1 [T1 ]

0.63 dB 36.000000000 MHz OBW 46.720000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

5.68 dBm 1 5.737080000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-12.11 dBm 5.732120000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

T2

-14.61 dBm 5.778840000 GHz A 3DB 6 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX)

/ 5755MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 100 kHz VBW 300 kHz SWT 20 ms D1 10.565 dBm 1 D2 4.565 dBm T1 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80 Center 5.755 GHz F1 Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:09:06 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 F2 8 MHz/

Span 80 MHz Page No. Issued Date

: 42 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 6 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 80MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX)

/ 5775 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 100 kHz VBW 300 kHz SWT 20 ms Delta 1 [T1 ]

1.84 dB 76.160000000 MHz OBW 88.000000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-0.05 dBm 5.736920000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-15.37 dBm 5.731800000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

1

-18.51 dBm T2 5.819800000 GHz A 3DB F2 16 MHz/

Span 160 MHz D1 5.941 dBm 1 D2 -0.059 dBm T1 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80 Center 5.775 GHz F1 Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:10:41 6 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11b / Ant. 2 (1TX) / 2437 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 100 kHz VBW 300 kHz SWT 5 ms D1 11.288 dBm D2 5.288 dBm 1 T1 1 T2 Delta 1 [T1 ]

-0.80 dB 8.080000000 MHz OBW 11.360000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

6.43 dBm 2.433000000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-8.73 dBm 2.431640000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

-4.03 dBm 2.443000000 GHz A 3DB 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70 F1 F2 4 MHz/

Span 40 MHz

-80 Center 2.437 GHz Date: 31.JAN.2013 11:32:43 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 43 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 6 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11g / Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) / 2437 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 100 kHz VBW 300 kHz SWT 5 ms Delta 1 [T1 ]

0.63 dB 12.320000000 MHz OBW 16.080000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

5.80 dBm 2.430360000 GHz T2 Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-5.44 dBm 2.429240000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

0.80 dBm 2.445320000 GHz A 3DB 1 F2 4 MHz/

Span 40 MHz D1 11.435 dBm D2 5.435 dBm 1 T1 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80 Center 2.437 GHz F1 Date: 31.JAN.2013 11:34:57 Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 100 kHz VBW 300 kHz SWT 20 ms D1 12.334 dBm 1 D2 6.334 dBm T1 1 Delta 1 [T1 ]

1.11 dB 16.240000000 MHz OBW 23.600000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

6.43 dBm 5.816760000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-10.50 dBm 5.813560000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

T2

-9.55 dBm 5.837160000 GHz 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70 F2 4 MHz/

Span 40 MHz 6 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) / 5825 MHz A 3DB Page No. Issued Date

: 44 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013

-80 Center 5.825 GHz F1 Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:06:40 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 4.5. Radiated Emissions Measurement 4.5.1. Limit Report No.: FR322315AA 30dBc in any 100 kHz bandwidth outside the operating frequency band. In case the emission fall within the restricted band specified on 15.205(a), then the 15.209(a) limit in the table below has to be followed. Frequencies

(MHz) 0.009~0.490 0.490~1.705 1.705~30.0 30~88 88~216 216~960 Above 960 Field Strength

(micorvolts/meter) 2400/F(KHz) 24000/F(KHz) 30 100 150 200 500 Measurement Distance

(meters) 300 30 30 3 3 3 3 4.5.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of spectrum analyzer and receiver. Spectrum Parameter Attenuation Start Frequency Stop Frequency RB / VB (Emission in restricted band) RB / VB (Emission in non-restricted band) Setting Auto 1GHz 10th carrier harmonic 1MHz / 3MHz for Peak, 1MHz / 10Hz for Average 100kHz / 300kHz for peak Receiver Parameter Attenuation Start ~ Stop Frequency Start ~ Stop Frequency Start ~ Stop Frequency Setting Auto 9kHz~150kHz / RB 200Hz for QP 150kHz~30MHz / RB 9kHz for QP 30MHz~1GHz / RB 120kHz for QP Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 45 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.5.3. Test Procedures Report No.: FR322315AA 1. Configure the EUT according to ANSI C63.10. The EUT was placed on the top of the turntable 0.8 meter above ground. The phase center of the receiving antenna mounted on the top of a height-variable antenna tower was placed 3 meters far away from the turntable. 2. Power on the EUT and all the supporting units. The turntable was rotated by 360 degrees to 3. determine the position of the highest radiation. The height of the broadband receiving antenna was varied between one meter and four meters above ground to find the maximum emissions field strength of both horizontal and vertical polarization. 4. For each suspected emissions, the antenna tower was scan (from 1 M to 4 M) and then the turntable was rotated (from 0 degree to 360 degrees) to find the maximum reading. 5. Set the test-receiver system to Peak or CISPR quasi-peak Detect Function with specified bandwidth under Maximum Hold Mode. 6. For emissions above 1GHz, use 1MHz VBW and 3MHz RBW for peak reading. Then 1MHz RBW and 10Hz VBW for average reading in spectrum analyzer. 7. When the radiated emissions limits are expressed in terms of the average value of the emissions, and pulsed operation is employed, the measurement field strength shall be determined by averaging over one complete pulse train, including blanking intervals, as long as the pulse train does not exceed 0.1 seconds. As an alternative (provided the transmitter operates for longer than 0.1 seconds) or in cases where the pulse train exceeds 0.1 seconds, the measured field strength shall be determined from the average absolute voltage during a 0.1 second interval during which the field strength is at its maximum value. If the emissions level of the EUT in peak mode was 3 dB lower than the average limit specified, then testing will be stopped and peak values of EUT will be reported, otherwise, the emissions which do not have 3 dB margin will be repeated one by one using the quasi-peak method for below 1GHz. 8. 9. For testing above 1GHz, the emissions level of the EUT in peak mode was lower than average limit (that means the emissions level in peak mode also complies with the limit in average mode), then testing will be stopped and peak values of EUT will be reported, otherwise, the emissions will be measured in average mode again and reported. 10. In case the emission is lower than 30MHz, loop antenna has to be used for measurement and the recorded data should be QP measured by receiver. High Low scan is not required in this case. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 46 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.5.4. Test Setup Layout For radiated emissions below 1GHz Report No.: FR322315AA For radiated emissions above 1GHz 4.5.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.5.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 47 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 4.5.7. Results of Radiated Emissions (9kHz~30MHz) Temperature Test Engineer Test Date 21 Kenneth Huang Jan. 23, 2013 Humidity Configurations 56.4%

Normal Link Freq.

(MHz)

-

Level

(dBuV)

-

Over Limit

(dB)

-

Limit Line

(dBuV)

-

Remark See Note Note:

The amplitude of spurious emissions that are attenuated by more than 20 dB below the permissible value has no need to be reported. Distance extrapolation factor = 40 log (specific distance / test distance) (dB);

Limit line = specific limits (dBuV) + distance extrapolation factor. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 48 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 4.5.8. Results of Radiated Emissions (30MHz~1GHz) Temperature Test Engineer Test Mode Horizontal 21 Kenneth Huang Mode 2. EUT + Power Adapter 2 Humidity Configurations 56.4%

Normal Link Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 49 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Vertical Report No.: FR322315AA Note:

The amplitude of spurious emissions that are attenuated by more than 20dB below the permissible value has no need to be reported. Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m). Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 50 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 4.5.9. Results for Radiated Emissions (1GHz~10th Harmonic) Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Robert Chang Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz Ch 1 /

Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Test Date Horizontal Jan. 22, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 51 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Robert Chang Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz Ch 6 /

Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Test Date Horizontal Jan. 22, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 52 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Robert Chang Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz Ch 11 /

Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Test Date Horizontal Jan. 22, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 53 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Robert Chang Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz Ch 3 /

Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Test Date Horizontal Jan. 22, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 54 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Robert Chang Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz Ch 6 /

Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Test Date Horizontal Jan. 22, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 55 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Robert Chang Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz Ch 9 /

Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Test Date Horizontal Jan. 22, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 56 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Robert Chang Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz Ch 149 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Jan. 22, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 57 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Robert Chang Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz Ch 157 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Jan. 22, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 58 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Robert Chang Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz Ch 165 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Jan. 22, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 59 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Robert Chang Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz Ch 151 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Jan. 22, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 60 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Robert Chang Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz Ch 159 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Jan. 22, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 61 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 24.5 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 60%

IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 20MHz Ch 149 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Feb. 19, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 62 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 24.5 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 60%

IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 20MHz Ch 157 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Feb. 19, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 63 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 24.5 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 60%

IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 20MHz Ch 165 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Feb. 19, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 64 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 24.5 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 60%

IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 40MHz Ch 151 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Feb. 19, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 65 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 24.5 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 60%

IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 40MHz Ch 159 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Feb. 19, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 66 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 24.5 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 60%

IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 80MHz Ch 155 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Feb. 19, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 67 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Temperature Test Engineer Test Date Horizontal 25.6 Robert Chang Jan. 22, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Humidity Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11b Ch 1 / Ant. 2 (1TX) Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 68 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Temperature Test Engineer Test Date Horizontal 25.6 Robert Chang Jan. 22, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Humidity Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11b Ch 6 / Ant. 2 (1TX) Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 69 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Temperature Test Engineer Test Date Horizontal 25.6 Robert Chang Jan. 22, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Humidity Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11b Ch 11 / Ant. 2 (1TX) Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 70 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Robert Chang Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11g Ch 1 /

Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Test Date Horizontal Jan. 22, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 71 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Robert Chang Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11g Ch 6 /

Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Test Date Horizontal Jan. 22, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 72 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Robert Chang Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11g Ch 11 /

Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Test Date Horizontal Jan. 22, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 73 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Robert Chang Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11a Ch 149 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Jan. 22, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 74 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Robert Chang Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11a Ch 157 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Jan. 22, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 75 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Robert Chang Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11a Ch 165 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Jan. 22, 2013 Vertical Note:

The amplitude of spurious emissions that are attenuated by more than 20dB below the permissible value has no need to be reported. Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m). Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 76 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.6. Emissions Measurement 4.6.1. Limit Report No.: FR322315AA 30dBc in any 100 kHz bandwidth outside the operating frequency band. In case the emission fall within the restricted band specified on 15.205(a), then the 15.209(a) limit in the table below has to be followed. Frequencies

(MHz) 0.009~0.490 0.490~1.705 1.705~30.0 30~88 88~216 216~960 Above 960 Field Strength

(micorvolts/meter) 2400/F(KHz) 24000/F(KHz) 30 100 150 200 500 Measurement Distance

(meters) 300 30 30 3 3 3 3 4.6.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of the spectrum analyzer. Spectrum Parameter Attenuation Span Frequency RB / VB (Emission in restricted band) RB / VB (Emission in non-restricted band) Setting Auto 100 MHz 1MHz / 3MHz for Peak, 1 MHz / 10Hz for Average 100 kHz / 300 kHz for Peak 4.6.3. Test Procedures For Radiated band edges Measurement:

1. The test procedure is the same as section 4.5.3, only the frequency range investigated is limited to 100MHz around band edges. For Conducted Out of Band Emission Measurement:

1. Test was performed in accordance with KDB 558074 v02 Guidance for Performing Compliance Measurements on Digital Transmission Systems (DTS) Operating Under 15.247 section 10.1 Unwanted Emissions into Non-Restricted Frequency Bands Measurement Procedure 2. The conducted emission test is performed on each TX port of operating mode without summing or adding 10log (N) since the limit is relative emission limit. Only worst data of each operating mode is presented. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 77 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 4.6.4. Test Setup Layout For Radiated band edges Measurement:

This test setup layout is the same as that shown in section 4.5.4. For Conducted Out of Band Emission Measurement:

This test setup layout is the same as that shown in section 4.4.4. 4.6.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.6.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 78 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 4.6.7. Test Result of Band Edge and Fundamental Emissions Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Magic Lai Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz Ch 1, 6, 11 /

Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Test date Channel 1 Jan. 20, 2013 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 2412 MHz. Channel 6 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 2437MHz. Channel 11 Item 1, 2 are the fundamental frequency at 2462 MHz. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 79 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Magic Lai Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz Ch 3, 6, 9 /

Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Test date Channel 3 Jan. 20, 2013 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 2422 MHz. Channel 6 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 2437MHz. Channel 9 Item 1, 2 are the fundamental frequency at 2452 MHz. Note:

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m). Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 80 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Magic Lai Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11b Ch 1, 6, 11 /

Ant. 2 (1TX) Test date Channel 1 Jan. 20, 2013 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 2412 MHz. Channel 6 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 2437 MHz. Channel 11 Item 1, 2 are the fundamental frequency at 2462 MHz. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 81 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Magic Lai Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11g Ch 1, 6, 11 /

Ant. 1 + Ant. 2 (2TX) Test date Channel 1 Jan. 20, 2013 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 2412 MHz. Channel 6 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 2437 MHz. Channel 11 Item 1, 2 are the fundamental frequency at 2462 MHz. Note:

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m). Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 82 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA For Emission not in Restricted Band Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Reference Level Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / CH 1 (down 30dBc) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 83 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / CH 6 (down 30dBc) Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / CH 11 (down 30dBc) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 84 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Reference Level Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / CH 3 (down 30dBc) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 85 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / CH 6 (down 30dBc) Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / CH 9 (down 30dBc) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 86 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Reference Level Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / CH 149 (down 30dBc) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 87 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / CH 157 (down 30dBc) Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / CH 165 (down 30dBc) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 88 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Reference Level Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / CH 151 (down 30dBc) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 89 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / CH 159 (down 30dBc) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 90 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 80MHz / Reference Level Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 80MHz / CH 155 (down 30dBc) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 91 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11b / Reference Level Report No.: FR322315AA Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11b / CH 1 (down 30dBc) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 92 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11b / CH 6 (down 30dBc) Report No.: FR322315AA Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11b / CH 11 (down 30dBc) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 93 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11g / Reference Level Report No.: FR322315AA Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11g / CH 1 (down 30dBc) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 94 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11g / CH 6 (down 30dBc) Report No.: FR322315AA Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11g / CH 11 (down 30dBc) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 95 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Reference Level Report No.: FR322315AA Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11a / CH 149 (down 30dBc) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 96 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11a / CH 157 (down 30dBc) Report No.: FR322315AA Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11a / CH 165 (down 30dBc) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 97 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.7. Antenna Requirements 4.7.1. Limit Report No.: FR322315AA Except for special regulations, the Low-power Radio-frequency Devices must not be equipped with any jacket for installing an antenna with extension cable. An intentional radiator shall be designed to ensure that no antenna other than that furnished by the responsible party shall be used with the device. The use of a permanently attached antenna or of an antenna that uses a unique coupling to the intentional radiator shall be considered sufficient to comply with the provisions of this Section. The manufacturer may design the unit so that the user can replace a broken antenna, but the use of a standard antenna jack or electrical connector is prohibited. Further, this requirement does not apply to intentional radiators that must be professionally installed. 4.7.2. Antenna Connector Construction Please refer to section 3.3 in this test report; antenna connector complied with the requirements. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 98 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA 5. LIST OF MEASURING EQUIPMENTS Instrument Manufacturer Model No. Serial No. Characteristics Calibration Date EMI Test Receiver R&S ESCS 30 100377 9kHz ~ 2.75GHz Oct. 23, 2012 LISN F.C.C. FCC-LISN-50-16-2 04083 150kHz ~ 100MHz Nov.26, 2012 V- LISN Schwarzbeck NSLK 8127 8127-478 9kHz ~ 30MHz Jun. 22, 2012 Coupling Decoupling Network TESEQ ST08 24348 150kHz ~ 230MHz Dec. 03, 2012 COND Cable Woken Cable 01 0.15MHz~30MHz Dec. 4, 2012 Software Audix E3 BILOG ANTENNA Schaffner CBL6112D Loop Antenna Teseq HLA 6120 5.410e 22021 24155

-

-

20MHz ~ 2GHz Jan. 11, 2013 9 kHz - 30 MHz Nov. 05, 2012*

forHorn Antenna EMCO 3115 00075790 750MHz~18GHz Nov. 27, 2012 Horn Antenna SCHWARZBEAK BBHA 9170 BBHA9170252 15GHz ~ 40GHz Nov. 23, 2012 Pre-Amplifier Agilent 8447D 2944A10991 0.1MHz ~ 1.3GHz Nov. 27, 2012 Pre-Amplifier Agilent 8449B 3008A02310 1GHz ~ 26.5GHz Nov. 23, 2012 Pre-Amplifier Spectrum analyzer EMI Test Receiver WM R&S R&S TF-130N-R1 923365 26.5GHz ~ 40GHz Jul. 31, 2012 FSP40 100056 9KHz~40GHz Nov. 16, 2012 ESCS 30 100355 9KHz ~ 2.75GHz Mar. 20, 2012 Turn Table INN CO CO 2000 Antenna Mast INN CO CO2000 RF Cable-low Woken Low Cable-1 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-1 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-2 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-3 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-4 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0 360 degree 1 m - 4 m N.C.R N.C.R 30 MHz - 1 GHz Nov. 18, 2012 1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 18, 2012 1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 18, 2012 1 GHz - 40 GHz Nov. 18, 2012 1 GHz - 40 GHz Nov. 18, 2012 R&S FSV40 100979 9KHz~40GHz Oct. 08, 2012 Remark Conduction

(CO01-CB) Conduction

(CO01-CB) Conduction

(CO01-CB) Conduction

(CO01-CB) Conduction

(CO01-CB) Conduction

(CO01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Signal analyzer Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 99 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AA TTH-D3SP Ten Billion Instrument Manufacturer Model No. Temp. and Humidity Chamber RF Power Divider RF Power Divider RF Power Divider Woken Woken Woken 2 Way 4 Way 3 Way Serial No. Characteristics Calibration Date TBN-931011

-30~100 degree Jun. 05, 2012 0120A02056002D 2GHz ~ 18GHz Nov. 18, 2012 MDC2366 2GHz ~ 18GHz Nov. 18, 2012 0120A04056002D 2GHz ~ 18GHz Nov. 18, 2012 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-7 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-8 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-9 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-10 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-11

-

-

-

-

-

1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 19, 2012 1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 19, 2012 1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 19, 2012 1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 19, 2012 1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 19, 2012 Power Sensor Anritsu MA2411B 0917223 300MHz~40GHz Nov. 28, 2012 Power Meter Anritsu ML2495A 1035008 300MHz~40GHz Nov. 27, 2012 Note: Calibration Interval of instruments listed above is one year.

* Calibration Interval of instruments listed above is two years. N.C.R. means Non-Calibration required. Remark Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 100 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013 6. TEST LOCATION Report No.: FR322315AA SHIJR HWA YA LINKOU ADD TEL FAX ADD TEL FAX ADD TEL FAX DUNGHU ADD JUNGHE NEIHU JHUBEI TEL FAX ADD TEL FAX ADD TEL FAX ADD TEL FAX

: 6Fl., No. 106, Sec. 1, Shintai 5th Rd., Shijr City, Taipei, Taiwan 221, R.O.C.

: 886-2-2696-2468

: 886-2-2696-2255

: No. 52, Hwa Ya 1st Rd., Kwei-Shan Hsiang, Tao Yuan Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C.

: 886-3-327-3456

: 886-3-318-0055

: No. 30-2, Dingfu Tsuen, Linkou Shiang, Taipei, Taiwan 244, R.O.C

: 886-2-2601-1640

: 886-2-2601-1695

: No. 3, Lane 238, Kangle St., Neihu Chiu, Taipei, Taiwan 114, R.O.C.

: 886-2-2631-4739

: 886-2-2631-9740

: 7Fl., No. 758, Jungjeng Rd., Junghe City, Taipei, Taiwan 235, R.O.C.

: 886-2-8227-2020

: 886-2-8227-2626

: 4Fl., No. 339, Hsin Hu 2nd Rd., Taipei 114, Taiwan, R.O.C.

: 886-2-2794-8886

: 886-2-2794-9777

: No.8, Lane 724, Bo-ai St., Jhubei City, HsinChu County 302, Taiwan, R.O.C.

: 886-3-656-9065

: 886-3-656-9085 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 101 of 101

: Mar. 14, 2013

 

 

Netgear Incorporated 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, California 95134, USA Tel: 4088903657 / Fax: 4089078097 Class II Change Letter Date: 2015/6/30 FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION Authorization and Evaluation Division 7435 Oaklamd Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 U.S.A. To whom it may concern, Request for Class II Permissive Change FCC ID: PY312400219 / Grant Date: 03/18/2013 Pursuant to CFR 2.1043, Netgear Incorporated hereby requests a Class II Permissive Change. The model name shall be same as before. Modification:

This product is an extension of original report under Sporton project number: 322315 Update 5 GHz Band 1 and Band 4 to FCC "New Rules" from "Old Rules". Sincerely, Applicants company name

: Netgear Incorporated Applicants company address

: 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, California 95134, USA Signature

:

Name and Job Title

: David Kay / Regulatory Complinace Manager E-Mail Tel.

: david.kay@netgear.com

: 4088903657

 

 

Netgear Incorporated 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, California 95134, USA Tel: 4088903657 / Fax: 4089078097 Confidential Letter Date: 2015/6/30 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division FCC IDPY312400219 Confidentiality Request Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, the Applicant Hereby requests confidential treatment of information accomparting this Application As outlined below:

Operational Description The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. The public disclosure of these matters might be harmful to the Applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. The Applicant understands that pursuant to Rule 0.457, disclosure of this Application and all accompanying documentation will not be made before the date of the Grant for this application Sincerely, Applicants company name

: Netgear Incorporated Applicants company address

: 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, California 95134, USA Signature

:

Name and Job Title

: David Kay / Regulatory Complinace Manager E-Mail Tel.

: david.kay@netgear.com

: 4088903657

 

 

Report No.: FA322315-05 Table of Contents 1.1. 1.2. 1.3. 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................... 1 EUT General Information .....................................................................................................................................................................1 Table for Class II Change ...................................................................................................................................................................1 Testing Location..................................................................................................................................................................................1 2. MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE.................................................................................................................... 2 2.1. Limit of Maximum Permissible Exposure ..............................................................................................................................................2 2.2. MPE Calculation Method ....................................................................................................................................................................2 2.3. Calculated Result and Limit................................................................................................................................................................3 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID : PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: i of ii

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FA322315-05 History of This Test Report REPORT NO. FA322315-05 VERSION Rev. 01 DESCRIPTION ISSUED DATE Initial issue of report Sep. 30, 2015 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID : PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: ii of ii

: Sep. 30, 2015 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1.1. EUT General Information Report No.: FA322315-05 RF General Information Evaluation Mode Frequency Range

(MHz) Operating Frequency

(MHz) 2.4GHz WLAN 2400-2483.5 2412-2462 5GHz WLAN 5150-5250 5250-5350 5470-5725 5725-5850 1.2. Table for Class II Change 5180-5240 5260-5320 5500-5700 5745-5825 Modulation Type 802.11b: DSSS (DBPSK, DQPSK, CCK) 802.11g/n: OFDM (BPSK, QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM) 802.11a/n: OFDM (BPSK, QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM) 802.11ac: OFDM (BPSK, QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM, 256QAM) This product is an extension of original one reported under Sporton project number: 322315 Below is the table for the change of the product with respect to the original one. Modifications Performance Checking 1. Changing 5GHz Band 1 to New Rules from Old Rules. After evaluating, it's not necessary to re-test all test items for 5GHz Band 1 updating to "New Rules" due to the same power as original filing. 2. Changing 5GHz Band 4 to New Rules from Old Rules. Maximum Permissible Exposure. Note: Maximum Permissible Exposure of 5GHz Band 1~3 and 2.4GHz Band are based on original test report 1.3. Testing Location HWA YA JHUBEI ADD TEL ADD TEL Testing Location

: No. 52, Hwa Ya 1st Rd., Kwei-Shan Hsiang, Tao Yuan Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C.

: 886-3-327-3456

: 886-3-327-0973 FAX

: No.8, Lane 724, Bo-ai St., Jhubei City, HsinChu County 302, Taiwan, R.O.C.

: 886-3-656-9065

: 886-3-656-9085 FAX Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID : PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 1 of 3

: Sep. 30, 2015 2. MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE 2.1. Limit of Maximum Permissible Exposure

(A) Limits for Occupational / Controlled Exposure Report No.: FA322315-05 Frequency Range

(MHz) Electric Field Strength (E) (V/m) Magnetic Field Strength (H) (A/m) Power Density (S)

(mW/ cm) Averaging Time

|E|,|H| or S

(minutes) 0.3-3.0 3.0-30 30-300 300-1500 1500-100,000 614 1842 / f 61.4 1.63 4.89 / f 0.163

(100)*

(900 / f)*

1.0 F/300 5 6 6 6 6 6

(B) Limits for General Population / Uncontrolled Exposure Frequency Range

(MHz) Electric Field Strength (E) (V/m) Magnetic Field Strength (H) (A/m) Power Density (S)

(mW/ cm) Averaging Time

|E|,|H| or S

(minutes) 0.3-1.34 1.34-30 30-300 300-1500 1500-100,000 614 824/f 27.5 1.63 2.19/f 0.073

(100)*

(180/f)*

0.2 F/1500 1.0 30 30 30 30 30 Note: f = frequency in MHz ; *Plane-wave equivalent power density 2.2. MPE Calculation Method The MPE was calculated at 20 cm to show compliance with the power density limit. The following formula was used to calculate the Power Density:

E (V/m) GP 30 d Power Density: Pd (W/m) 2E 377 E Electric field (V/m) P Peak RF output power (W) G EUT Antenna numeric gain (numeric) d Separation distance between radiator and human body (m) The formula can be changed to Pd 30 377 d GP 2 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID : PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 2 of 3

: Sep. 30, 2015 2.3. Calculated Result and Limit Exposure Environment: General Population / Uncontrolled Exposure For 5GHz Band 1~3:

Antenna Type : PCB Antenna Conducted Power for IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 (VHT40): 21.11 dBm Report No.: FA322315-05 Distance

(cm) Test Freq.

(MHz) Directional Gain (dBi) Antenna Gain

(numeric) 20 5670 5.56 3.5975 Note:

Directiona l Gain 10 log Nss j 1 N N K ANT 1 g kj

, 2 ANT The maximum combined Average Output Power Power Density (S)

(mW/cm)

(dBm) 21.1096 129.1087 0.092450

(mW) For 5GHz Band 4:

Antenna Type : PCB Antenna Conducted Power for IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 (VHT40): 21.61 dBm Distance

(cm) Test Freq.

(MHz) Directional Gain (dBi) Antenna Gain

(numeric) 20 5795 5.56 3.5975 Note:

Directiona l Gain 10 log Nss j 1 N N K ANT 1 g kj

, 2 ANT For 2.4GHz Band:

Antenna Type : PCB Antenna Conducted Power for IEEE 802.11g: 26.24 dBm Distance

(cm) Test Freq.

(MHz) Antenna Gain (dBi) Antenna Gain

(numeric) 20 2437 1.50 1.4125 The maximum combined Average Output Power Power Density (S)

(mW/cm)

(dBm) 21.6077 144.7988 0.103685

(mW) The maximum combined (Average Output Power Power Density (S)

(mW/cm)

(dBm) 26.2432 421.0413 0.118379

(mW) Limit of Power Density (S)

(mW/cm) Test Result 1 Complies Limit of Power Density (S)

(mW/cm) Test Result 1 Complies Limit of Power Density (S)

(mW/cm) Test Result 1 Complies Conclusion:

Both of the WLAN 2.4GHz Band and WLAN 5GHz Band can transmit simultaneously, the formula of calculated the MPE is:

CPD1 / LPD1 + CPD2 / LPD2 + etc. < 1 CPD = Calculation power density LPD = Limit of power density Therefore, the worst-case situation is 0.118379 / 1 + 0.103685 / 1 = 0.222064, which is less than 1. This confirmed that the device complies. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID : PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 3 of 3

: Sep. 30, 2015

 

 

Netgear Incorporated 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, California 95134, USA Tel: 4088903657 / Fax: 4089078097 Power of Attorney Date: 2015/6/30 Dear Sir, I hereby have entrusted the following person to be a proxy regarding application for Type Certification. Sporton International Inc. Address Name Job Title e-mail

: No.8, Lane 724, Bo-ai St., Jhubei City, HsinChu County 302, Taiwan, R.O.C.

: Leo Huang

: Manager

: Leohuang@sporton.com.tw I am therefore responsible for the contents of the application. Brand name and model type of the specified radio equipment: NETGEAR / R6250 FCC ID: PY312400219 Product name: R6250 Smart WiFi Router FCC Grantee contact person information. Applicants company name

: Netgear Incorporated Applicants company address

: 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, California 95134, USA Signature

:

Name and Job Title

: David Kay / Regulatory Complinace Manager E-Mail Tel.

: david.kay@netgear.com

: 4088903657

 

 

SPORTON International Inc. No. 52, Hwa Ya 1st Rd., Hwa Ya Technology Park, Kwei-Shan Hsiang, Tao Yuan Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C. Ph: 886-3-327-3456 / FAX: 886-3-327-0973 / www.sporton.com.tw FCC RADIO TEST REPORT Applicants company NETGEAR, Inc. Applicant Address 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, California 95134, USA FCC ID PY312400219 Product Name Brand Name Model No. Test Rule Part(s) Test Freq. Range Received Date Final Test Date Submission Type R6250 Smart WiFi Router NETGEAR R6250 47 CFR FCC Part 15 Subpart E 15.407 5150 ~ 5250 MHz / 5725 ~ 5850 MHz Jul. 16, 2015 Sep. 17, 2015 Class II Change Statement Test result included is for the IEEE 802.11n and IEEE 802.11a/ac of the product. The test result in this report refers exclusively to the presented test model / sample. Without written approval of SPORTON International Inc., the test report shall not be reproduced except in full. The measurements and test results shown in this test report were made in accordance with the procedures and found in compliance with the limit given in ANSI C63.10-2013, 47 CFR FCC Part 15 Subpart E, KDB789033 D02 v01, KDB662911 D01 v02r01, KDB644545 D03 v01. The test equipment used to perform the test is calibrated and traceable to NML/ROC. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 Report No.: FR322315-05 Table of Contents 1. VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE....................................................................................................................... 1 2. SUMMARY OF THE TEST RESULT .......................................................................................................................... 2 3. GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................................................................................. 3 Product Details....................................................................................................................................................................................3 3.1. Accessories.........................................................................................................................................................................................4 3.2. Table for Filed Antenna.......................................................................................................................................................................5 3.3. Table for Carrier Frequencies .............................................................................................................................................................6 3.4. Table for Test Modes...........................................................................................................................................................................7 3.5. Table for Testing Locations..................................................................................................................................................................9 3.6. Table for Class II Change ...................................................................................................................................................................9 3.7. Table for Supporting Units .................................................................................................................................................................10 3.8. 3.9. Table for Parameters of Test Software Setting ...................................................................................................................................11 3.10. EUT Operation during Test .................................................................................................................................................................12 3.11. Duty Cycle........................................................................................................................................................................................12 3.12. Test Configurations ...........................................................................................................................................................................13 4. TEST RESULT ................................................................................................................................................... 15 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Measurement......................................................................................................15 4.1. 4.2. 6dB Spectrum Bandwidth Measurement ..........................................................................................................................................28 4.3. Maximum Conducted Output Power Measurement.........................................................................................................................36 Power Spectral Density Measurement ..............................................................................................................................................39 4.4. Radiated Emissions Measurement ....................................................................................................................................................49 4.5. Band Edge Emissions Measurement .................................................................................................................................................72 4.6. 4.7. Frequency Stability Measurement ....................................................................................................................................................83 Antenna Requirements .....................................................................................................................................................................87 4.8. 5. LIST OF MEASURING EQUIPMENTS ................................................................................................................... 88 6. MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY.......................................................................................................................... 89 APPENDIX A. TEST PHOTOS ........................................................................................................................ A1 ~ A2 Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: i of ii

:Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 History of This Test Report REPORT NO. VERSION DESCRIPTION ISSUED DATE FR322315-05 Rev. 01 Initial issue of report Sep. 30, 2015 36/52 14 5180 MHz 5260 MHz 42 50 42/50/58 5210 MHz 5250 MHz 42 5210 MHz 5.15~5.25 GHz 5.15-5.35 GHz 5.25-5.35 GHz 47 CFR FCC Part 15 Subpart E Ant. A + Ant. B Further, this requirement does not apply to intentional radiators that must be professionally installed. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: ii of ii

:Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 2. SUMMARY OF THE TEST RESULT Part Rule Section Description of Test Result Under Limit Applied Standard: 47 CFR FCC Part 15 Subpart E 4.1 15.407(a) 26dB Spectrum Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth 4.2 15.407(e) 6dB Spectrum Bandwidth 15.407(a) 15.407(a) 15.407(b) 15.407(b) 15.407(g) Maximum Conducted Output Power Power Spectral Density Radiated Emissions Band Edge Emissions Frequency Stability 15.203 Antenna Requirements 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 Complies Complies

-

-

Complies 7.87 dB Complies 24.45 dB Complies Complies Complies Complies 1.09 dB 0.12 dB

-

-

Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 2 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 3. GENERAL INFORMATION 3.1. Product Details Items Description Report No.: FR322315-05 Product Type Radio Type Power Type Modulation Data Modulation Data Rate (Mbps) Frequency Range Channel Number Channel Band Width (99%) Maximum Conducted Output Power Carrier Frequencies Antenna Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 WLAN (3TX, 3RX) Intentional Transceiver From power adapter IEEE 802.11a: OFDM IEEE 802.11n/ac: see the below table IEEE 802.11a/n: OFDM (BPSK / QPSK / 16QAM / 64QAM) IEEE 802.11ac: OFDM (BPSK / QPSK / 16QAM / 64QAM /

256QAM) IEEE 802.11a: OFDM (6/9/12/18/24/36/48/54) IEEE 802.11n/ac: see the below table 5150 ~ 5250 MHz / 5725 ~ 5850 MHz 9 for 20MHz bandwidth ; 4 for 40MHz bandwidth 2 for 80MHz bandwidth For non-beamforming function:

IEEE 802.11a: 17.02 MHz IEEE 802.11n MCS0 (HT20): 17.80 MHz IEEE 802.11n MCS0 (HT40): 37.34 MHz IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 (VHT20): 17.80 MHz IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 (VHT40): 37.34 MHz IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 (VHT80): 76.70 MHz For beamforming function:

IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 (VHT20): 17.89 MHz IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 (VHT40): 37.05 MHz IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 (VHT80): 76.12 MHz For non-beamforming function:

IEEE 802.11a: 20.36 dBm IEEE 802.11n MCS0 (HT20): 20.88 dBm IEEE 802.11n MCS0 (HT40): 22.13 dBm IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 (VHT20): 21.67 dBm IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 (VHT40): 21.36 dBm IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 (VHT80): 18.46 dBm For beamforming function:

IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 (VHT20): 21.42 dBm IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 (VHT40): 21.61 dBm IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 (VHT80): 17.68 dBm Please refer to section 3.4 Please refer to section 3.3 Page No. Issued Date

: 3 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Items Communication Mode Beamforming Function Operating Mode Report No.: FR322315-05 Description IP Based (Load Based) Frame Based With beamforming Without beamforming Outdoor access point Indoor access point Fixed point-to-point access points Mobile and portable client devices Note: The product has beamforming function for 802.11ac. Antenna and Band width Antenna Band width Mode 20 MHz IEEE 802.11a IEEE 802.11n IEEE 802.11ac IEEE 11n/ac Spec. V V V Three (TX) 40 MHz X V V Protocol 802.11n (HT20) 802.11n (HT40) 802.11ac (VHT20) 802.11ac (VHT40) 802.11ac (VHT80) Number of Transmit Chains (NTX) 3 3 3 3 3 80 MHz X X V Data Rate / MCS MCS 0-23 MCS 0-23 MCS 0-9/Nss1-3 MCS 0-9/Nss1-3 MCS 0-9/Nss1-3 Note 1: IEEE Std. 802.11n modulation consists of HT20 and HT40 (HT: High Throughput). Then EUT supports HT20 and HT40. Note 2: IEEE Std. 802.11ac modulation consists of VHT20, VHT40, VHT80 and VHT160 (VHT: Very High Throughput). Then EUT supports VHT20, VHT40 and VHT80. Note 3: Modulation modes consist of below configuration:

HT20/HT40: IEEE 802.11n, VHT20/VHT40/VHT80: IEEE 802.11ac 3.2. Accessories Power Brand Model P/N Rating Adapter 1 NETGEAR MU30-5120250-A1 332-10234-01 Adapter 2 NETGEAR P030WF120B 11200-6LF 332-10200-02 Others Input:100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 0.8A Output:12Vdc, 2.5A Input:100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 1.0A Output:12Vdc, 2.5A RJ-45 Cable*1: Shielded, 1.3m Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 4 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 3.3. Table for Filed Antenna Report No.: FR322315-05 Ant. Brand Model Name Antenna Type Connector 1 2 3 4 5 NETGEAR NETGEAR NETGEAR NETGEAR NETGEAR

-

-

-

-

-

Note: The EUT has five antennas. PCB Antenna PCB Antenna PCB Antenna PCB Antenna PCB Antenna I-PEX I-PEX I-PEX I-PEX I-PEX Gain (dBi) 2.4GHz 5GHz 1.5 1.3

-

-

-

-

-

2.5 2.1 3.0 For 2.4GHz Band:

For IEEE 802.11b mode (1TX/2RX):

Only Ant. 2 can be used as transmitting, but Ant. 1 and Ant. 2 could receive simultaneously. For IEEE 802.11g/n mode (2TX/2RX):

Ant. 1 and Ant. 2 could transmit/receive simultaneously. For 5GHz Band (3TX/3RX):

Ant. 3, Ant. 4 and Ant. 5 could transmit/receive simultaneously. According to the above antennas, there are three antennas will transit simultaneously (one is Horizontal and the others are Vertical) Chain 2 (Connect to Ant. 2) Chain 1 (Connect to Ant. 1) Chain 3 (Connect to Ant. 3) Chain 4 (Connect to Ant. 4) Chain 5 (Connect to Ant. 5) Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 5 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 3.4. Table for Carrier Frequencies Report No.: FR322315-05 There are three bandwidth systems. For 20MHz bandwidth systems, use Channel 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165. For 40MHz bandwidth systems, use Channel 38, 46, 151, 159. For 80MHz bandwidth systems, use Channel 42, 155. Frequency Band Channel No. Frequency Channel No. Frequency 5150~5250 MHz Band 1 5725~5850 MHz Band 4 36 38 40 42 149 151 153 155 5180 MHz 5190 MHz 5200 MHz 5210 MHz 5745 MHz 5755 MHz 5765 MHz 5775 MHz 44 46 48

-

157 159 161 165 5220 MHz 5230 MHz 5240 MHz

-

5785 MHz 5795 MHz 5805 MHz 5825 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 6 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 3.5. Table for Test Modes Report No.: FR322315-05 Preliminary tests were performed in different data rate to find the worst radiated emission. The data rate shown in the table below is the worst-case rate with respect to the specific test item. Investigation has been done on all the possible configurations for searching the worst cases. The following table is a list of the test modes shown in this test report. Test Items Mode Data Rate Channel Chain Max. Conducted Output Power Power Spectral Density 26dB Spectrum Bandwidth &

99% Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Non-beamforming function 11a/BPSK Band 4 11n HT20 Band 4 11n HT40 Band 4 11ac VHT20 Band 4 11ac VHT40 Band 4 11ac VHT80 Band 4 Beamforming function 11ac VHT20 Band 4 11ac VHT40 Band 4 11ac VHT80 Band 4 Non-beamforming function Band 4 11a/BPSK Band 4 11n HT20 Band 4 11n HT40 11ac VHT20 Band 4 11ac VHT40 Band 4 11ac VHT80 Band 4 Beamforming function 11ac VHT20 Band 4 11ac VHT40 Band 4 11ac VHT80 Band 4 Non-beamforming function Band 4 11a/BPSK Band 4 11n HT20 11n HT40 Band 4 11ac VHT20 Band 4 11ac VHT40 Band 4 11ac VHT80 Band 4 Beamforming function 11ac VHT20 Band 4 11ac VHT40 Band 4 11ac VHT80 Band 4 6Mbps MCS0 MCS0 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 6Mbps MCS0 MCS0 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 6Mbps MCS0 MCS0 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 149/157/165 149/157/165 151/159 149/157/165 151/159 155 149/157/165 151/159 155 149/157/165 149/157/165 151/159 149/157/165 151/159 155 149/157/165 151/159 155 149/157/165 149/157/165 151/159 149/157/165 151/159 155 149/157/165 151/159 155 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 7 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 6dB Spectrum Bandwidth Measurement Radiated Emission Above 1GHz Band Edge Emission Frequency Stability Report No.: FR322315-05 149/157/165 149/157/165 151/159 149/157/165 151/159 155 149/157/165 151/159 155 149/157/165 149/157/165 151/159 149/157/165 151/159 155 149/157/165 151/159 155 149/157/165 149/157/165 151/159 149/157/165 151/159 155 149/157/165 151/159 155 157 151 155 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 4 4 5 Non-beamforming function 11a/BPSK Band 4 11n HT20 Band 4 11n HT40 Band 4 11ac VHT20 Band 4 11ac VHT40 Band 4 11ac VHT80 Band 4 Beamforming function 11ac VHT20 Band 4 11ac VHT40 Band 4 11ac VHT80 Band 4 Non-beamforming function Band 4 11a/BPSK Band 4 11n HT20 Band 4 11n HT40 11ac VHT20 Band 4 11ac VHT40 Band 4 11ac VHT80 Band 4 Beamforming function 11ac VHT20 Band 4 11ac VHT40 Band 4 11ac VHT80 Band 4 Non-beamforming function Band 4 11a/BPSK Band 4 11n HT20 11n HT40 Band 4 11ac VHT20 Band 4 11ac VHT40 Band 4 11ac VHT80 Band 4 Beamforming function 11ac VHT20 Band 4 11ac VHT40 Band 4 11ac VHT80 Band 4 Band 4 20 MHz 40 MHz Band 4 Band 4 80 MHz 6Mbps MCS0 MCS0 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 6Mbps MCS0 MCS0 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 6Mbps MCS0 MCS0 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1 MCS0/Nss1

-

-

-

Note: 1. There are two functions of EUT, one is beamforming function, and the other is non-beamforming function for for 802.11ac. All test results were recorded in the report. 2. The EUT can only be used at Y axis position. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 8 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 The following test modes were performed for all tests:

For Co-location MPE test:

The EUT could be applied with 2.4GHz WLAN function and 5GHz WLAN function; therefore Co-location Maximum Permissible Exposure (Please refer to FA322315-05) test is added for simultaneously transmit between 2.4GHz WLAN function and 5GHz WLAN function. 3.6. Table for Testing Locations Address:

No.8, Lane 724, Bo-ai St., Jhubei City, Hsinchu County 302, Taiwan, R.O.C. Test Site Location TEL:

FAX:

886-3-656-9065 886-3-656-9085 Test Site No. Site Category 03CH01-CB SAC TH01-CB OVEN Room Location Hsin Chu Hsin Chu FCC Reg. No. IC File No. VCCI Reg. No 262045 IC 4086D

-

-

-

-

Open Area Test Site (OATS); Semi Anechoic Chamber (SAC). 3.7. Table for Class II Change This product is an extension of original one reported under Sporton project number: FR322315 Below is the table for the change of the product with respect to the original one. Modifications Performance Checking 1. Changing 5GHz Band 1 to New Rules from Old Rules. After evaluating, it's not necessary to re-test all test items for 5GHz Band 1 updating to "New Rules" due to the same power as original filing. 2. Changing 5GHz Band 4 to New Rules from Old Rules. 1. Max. Conducted Output Power. 2. Power Spectral Density. 3. 26dB Spectrum Bandwidth. 4. 6dB Spectrum Bandwidth 5. 99% Occupied Bandwidth Measurement. 6. Radiated Emission Above 1GHz. 7. Band Edge Emission. 8. Frequency Stability. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 9 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 3.8. Table for Supporting Units For Test Site No: 03CH01-CB For non-beamforming function:

Support Unit Notebook For beamforming function:

Support Unit Notebook Notebook Brand DELL Brand DELL DELL WLAN ac Dongle Netgear For Test Site No: TH01-CB Support Unit Notebook Brand DELL Report No.: FR322315-05 Model E4300 Model E4300 E4300 A6200 Model E4300 FCC ID DoC FCC ID DoC DoC PY31220200 FCC ID DoC Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 10 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 3.9. Table for Parameters of Test Software Setting During testing, Channel and Power Controlling Software provided by the customer was used to control the operating channel as well as the output power level. The RF output power selection is for the setting of RF output power expected by the customer and is going to be fixed on the firmware of the final end product. Test Function Test Software Version Mode 802.11a 802.11n MCS0 HT20 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 Mode Non-beamforming function Mtool V1.0.0.10 Test Frequency (MHz) NCB: 20MHz 5785 MHz 58 63 62 NCB: 40MHz 5745 MHz 60 62 62 5825 MHz 60 62 64 5755 MHz 5795 MHz 802.11n MCS0 HT40 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 60 60 68 66 Mode 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 Test Function Test Software Version Mode 5745 MHz 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 65 5755 MHz 60 Mode 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 Mode 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 NCB: 80MHz 5775 MHz 57 Beamforming function Mtool V1.0.0.10 Test Frequency (MHz) 5825 MHz 58 5795 MHz 66 NCB: 20MHz 5785 MHz 63 NCB: 40MHz NCB: 80MHz 5775 MHz 52 Page No. Issued Date

: 11 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 3.10. EUT Operation during Test For non-beamforming function:

The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. For beamforming function:

For Conducted Mode:

The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. For Radiated Mode:

During the test, the following programs under WIN XP were executed. The program was executed as follows:

1. During the test, the EUT operation to normal function. 2. Executed command fixed test channel under DOS. 3. Executed "Lantest.exe" to link with the remote workstation to receive and transmit packet by WLAN ac Dongle and transmit duty cycle no less 98%

3.11. Duty Cycle For non-beamforming function:

Mode 802.11a 802.11n MCS0 HT20 802.11n MCS0 HT40 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 For beamforming function:

Mode 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 On Time On+Off Time Duty Cycle Duty Factor 1/T Minimum VBW

(ms) 2.045 1.920 0.950 1.922 0.922 0.426

(ms) 2.086 1.940 0.968 1.955 0.991 0.487

(%) 98.03 98.97 98.14 98.31 93.04 87.47

(dB) 0.09 0.05 0.08 0.07 0.31 0.58

(kHz) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 1.08 2.35 On Time On+Off Time Duty Cycle Duty Factor 1/T Minimum VBW

(ms) 3.841 5.975 5.768

(ms) 3.942 6.774 6.638

(%) 97.44 88.20 86.90

(dB) 0.11 0.55 0.61

(kHz) 0.26 0.17 0.17 Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 12 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 3.12. Test Configurations 3.12.1. Radiation Emissions Test Configuration For non-beamforming function:

AC M ain 1 EUT Report No.: FR322315-05 2 N B Item 1 2 Connection Power cable RJ-45 cable Shielded No No Length 1.8m 10m Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 13 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 For beamforming function:

Report No.: FR322315-05 AC Main 1 EUT NB NB WLAN ac Dongle Item 1 2 Connection Power cable RJ-45 cable Shielded No No Length 1.8m 10m 2 Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 14 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 4. TEST RESULT Report No.: FR322315-05 4.1. 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Measurement 4.1.1. Limit No restriction limits. 4.1.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of the spectrum analyzer. Spectrum Parameters Attenuation Span Frequency RBW VBW Detector Trace Sweep Time Spectrum Parameters Span RBW VBW Detector Trace 4.1.3. Test Procedures 26dB Bandwidth Setting Auto

> 26dB Bandwidth Approximately 1% of the emission bandwidth VBW > RBW Peak Max Hold Auto 99% Occupied Bandwidth Setting 1.5 times to 5.0 times the OBW 1 % to 5 % of the OBW 3 x RBW Peak Max Hold The transmitter was radiated to the spectrum analyzer in peak hold mode. For Radiated 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Measurement:

1. 2. Measure the maximum width of the emission that is 26 dB down from the peak of the emission. Compare this with the RBW setting of the analyzer. Readjust RBW and repeat measurement as needed until the RBW/EBW ratio is approximately 1%. 4.1.4. Test Setup Layout For Radiated 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Measurement:

This test setup layout is the same as that shown in section 4.5.4. 4.1.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.1.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 15 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 4.1.7. Test Result of 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Temperature Test Engineer 25 Serway Li Humidity 60%

Test Function Non-beamforming function Mode Frequency 26dB Bandwidth

(MHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth

(MHz) 802.11a 802.11n MCS0 HT20 802.11n MCS0 HT40 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz 5755 MHz 5795 MHz 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz 5755 MHz 5795 MHz 5775 MHz 19.83 19.83 19.74 20.17 20.43 20.35 40.58 47.83 20.26 20.35 20.43 40.58 44.93 82.03 17.02 17.02 16.93 17.71 17.80 17.71 37.19 37.34 17.71 17.71 17.80 37.19 37.34 76.70 Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 16 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature Test Engineer 25 Serway Li Humidity 60%

Test Function Beamforming function Mode Frequency 26dB Bandwidth

(MHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth

(MHz) 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz 5755 MHz 5795 MHz 5775 MHz 20.35 20.35 20.17 42.75 51.59 82.61 17.80 17.89 17.80 36.90 37.05 76.12 Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 17 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 For non-beamforming function:

26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Chain 3 + Chain 4

+ Chain 5 / 5745 MHz 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Chain 3 + Chain 4

+ Chain 5 / 5785 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 18 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Chain 3 + Chain 4

+ Chain 5 / 5825 MHz 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT20 / Chain 3

+ Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5745 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 19 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT20 / Chain 3

+ Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5785 MHz 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT20 / Chain 3

+ Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5825 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 20 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT40 / Chain 3

+ Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5755 MHz 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT40 / Chain 3

+ Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5795 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 21 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5745 MHz 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5785 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 22 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5825 MHz 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5755 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 23 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5795 MHz 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5775 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 24 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 For beamforming function:

26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5745 MHz 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5785 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 25 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5825 MHz 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5755 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 26 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5795 MHz 26dB Bandwidth and 99% Occupied Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5775 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 27 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 4.2. 6dB Spectrum Bandwidth Measurement 4.2.1. Limit For digital modulation systems, the minimum 6dB bandwidth shall be at least 500 kHz. 4.2.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of spectrum analyzer. 6dB Spectrum Bandwidth Spectrum Parameters Attenuation Span Frequency RBW VBW Detector Trace Sweep Time 4.2.3. Test Procedures Setting Auto

> 6dB Bandwidth 100kHz 3 x RBW Peak Max Hold Auto For Radiated 6dB Bandwidth Measurement:

1. 2. The transmitter was radiated to the spectrum analyzer in peak hold mode. Test was performed in accordance with KDB789033 D02 v01 for Compliance Testing of Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (U-NII) Devices - section (C) Emission Bandwidth. 3. Multiple antenna system was performed in accordance with KDB662911 D01 v02r01 Emissions Testing of Transmitters with Multiple Outputs in the Same Band. 4. Measured the spectrum width with power higher than 6dB below carrier. 4.2.4. Test Setup Layout For Radiated 6dB Bandwidth Measurement:

This test setup layout is the same as that shown in section 4.5.4. 4.2.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.2.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 28 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 4.2.7. Test Result of 6dB Spectrum Bandwidth Temperature Test Engineer 25 Serway Li Humidity 60%

Test Function Non-beamforming function Mode Frequency 6dB Bandwidth (MHz) Min. Limit (kHz) Test Result 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz 5755 MHz 5795 MHz 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz 5755 MHz 5795 MHz 15.65 15.71 15.71 16.06 16.06 16.46 36.17 36.06 16.35 16.58 16.29 36.29 36.06 5775 MHz 75.65 802.11a 802.11n MCS0 HT20 802.11n MCS0 HT40 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 29 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature Test Engineer 25 Serway Li Humidity 60%

Test Function Beamforming function Mode Frequency 6dB Bandwidth (MHz) Min. Limit (kHz) Test Result 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz 5755 MHz 5795 MHz 16.93 16.87 16.70 35.59 35.48 5775 MHz 75.07 Note: All the test values were listed in the report. For plots, only the channel with worse result was shown. 500 500 500 500 500 500 Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 30 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 For non-beamforming function:

6 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5745 MHz 6 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT20 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 /

5745 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 31 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 6 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT40 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 /

5795 MHz 6 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 /

5825 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 32 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 6 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 /

5795 MHz 6 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 /

5775 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 33 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 For beamforming function:

6 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 /

5825 MHz 6 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 /

5795 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 34 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 6 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 /

5775 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 35 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 4.3. Maximum Conducted Output Power Measurement Report No.: FR322315-05 4.3.1. Limit Frequency Band 5.725~5.85 GHz Limit the The maximum conducted output power over frequency band of operation shall not exceed 1 W

(30dBm). If transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi are used, both the maximum conducted output power and the maximum power spectral density shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi. However, fixed point-to-point U-NII devices operating in this band may employ transmitting antennas with than 6 dBi without any directional gain greater corresponding reduction in transmitter conducted power. 4.3.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of the power meter. Power Meter Parameter Setting Detector AVERAGE 4.3.3. Test Procedures 1. 2. The transmitter output (antenna port) was connected to the power meter. Test was performed in accordance with KDB789033 D02 v01 for Compliance Testing of Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (U-NII) Devices - section (E) Maximum conducted output power

=>3. Measurement using a Power Meter (PM) =>b) Method PM-G (Measurement using a gated RF average power meter). 3. Multiple antenna systems was performed in accordance with KDB662911 D01 v02r01 Emissions Testing of Transmitters with Multiple Outputs in the Same Band. 4. When measuring maximum conducted output power with multiple antenna systems, add every result of the values by mathematic formula. 4.3.4. Test Setup Layout 4.3.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.3.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 36 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 4.3.7. Test Result of Maximum Conducted Output Power Temperature Test Engineer 25 Serway Li Test Date Sep. 16, 2015 Humidity 60%

Test Function Non-beamforming function Mode Frequency 5745 MHz 802.11a 5785 MHz Conducted Power (dBm) Max. Limit Chain 3 Chain 4 Chain 5 Total 15.49 14.95 15.17 15.68 15.82 15.62 15.13 17.03 15.62 15.79 16.96 15.14 15.94 15.47 15.76 16.32 16.60 16.24 15.69 17.15 16.28 16.23 17.14 15.37 15.31 14.75 15.16 15.59 15.86 15.54 15.24 17.86 15.64 15.67 16.58 15.13 20.36 19.84 20.14 20.65 20.88 20.58 20.13 22.13 20.63 20.67 21.67 19.99

(dBm) 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 Result Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies 5825 MHz 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz 5755 MHz 5795 MHz 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz 5755 MHz 5795 MHz 16.62 16.71 16.43 21.36 30.00 Complies 5775 MHz 13.68 13.63 13.77 18.46 30.00 Complies 802.11n MS0 HT20 802.11n MS0 HT40 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 37 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature Test Engineer 25 Serway Li Test Date Sep. 16, 2015 Humidity 60%

Test Function Beamforming function Mode Frequency Conducted Power (dBm) Max. Limit Chain 3 Chain 4 Chain 5 Total 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz 5755 MHz 16.44 16.04 15.37 15.31 16.96 16.54 15.67 15.74 16.53 15.92 15.13 15.21 21.42 20.95 20.17 20.20

(dBm) 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 Result Complies Complies Complies Complies 5795 MHz 16.75 17.15 16.59 21.61 30.00 Complies 5775 MHz 12.67 13.28 12.74 17.68 30.00 Complies 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 Note:

Directiona l Gain 10 log Nss j 1 N N K ANT 1 g kj

, 2 ANT

=5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 38 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 4.4. Power Spectral Density Measurement 4.4.1. Limit The following table is power spectral density limits and decrease power density limit rule refer to section 4.3.1. Frequency Band Limit 5.725~5.85 GHz 30 dBm/500kHz 4.4.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of the spectrum analyzer. Spectrum Parameter Setting Attenuation Auto Span Frequency Encompass the entire emissions bandwidth (EBW) of the signal RBW VBW Detector Trace Sweep Time 1000 kHz 3000 kHz RMS AVERAGE Auto Trace Average Note: If measurement bandwidth of Maximum PSD is specified in 500 kHz, add 10log(500kHz/RBW) to 100 times the measured result, whereas RBW (< 500 kHz) is the reduced resolution bandwidth of the spectrum analyzer set during measurement. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 39 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 4.4.3. Test Procedures Report No.: FR322315-05 1. 2. The transmitter output (antenna port) was connected RF switch to the spectrum analyzer. Test was performed in accordance with KDB789033 D02 v01 for Compliance Testing of Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (U-NII) Devices - section (F) Maximum Power Spectral Density (PSD). 3. Multiple antenna systems was performed in accordance KDB662911 D01 v02r01 in-Band Power Spectral Density (PSD) Measurements (a) Measure and sum the spectra across the outputs. 4. When measuring first spectral bin of output 1 is summed with that in the first spectral bin of output 2 and that from the first spectral bin of output 3 and so on up to the Nth output to obtain the value for the first frequency bin of the summed spectrum. The summed spectrum value for each of the other frequency bins is computed in the same way. 5. For 5.725~5.85 GHz, the measured result of PSD level must add 10log(500kHz/RBW) and the final result should 30 dBm. 4.4.4. Test Setup Layout 4.4.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.4.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 40 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 4.4.7. Test Result of Power Spectral Density Temperature Test Engineer 25 Serway Li Test Date Sep. 16, 2015 Humidity 60%

Test Function Non-beamforming function Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Channel Frequency Power Density

(dBm/MHz) 10log(500kHz/RBW) Factor (dB) Power Density

(dBm/500kHz) Power Density Limit Result

(dBm/500kHz) 149 157 165 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz Note:

Directiona l Gain 10 log 7.19 6.63 6.96 Nss j 1 N N K ANT 1 g kj

, 2 ANT

-3.01

-3.01

-3.01 4.18 3.62 3.95 30.00 30.00 30.00 Complies Complies Complies

=5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT20 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Channel Frequency Power Density

(dBm/MHz) 10log(500kHz/RBW) Factor (dB) Power Density

(dBm/500kHz) Power Density

(dBm/500kHz) Limit Result 149 157 165 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz Note:

Directiona l Gain 10 log 7.47 7.63 7.31 Nss j 1 N N K ANT 1 g kj

, 2 ANT

-3.01

-3.01

-3.01 4.46 4.62 4.30 30.00 30.00 30.00 Complies Complies Complies

=5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT40 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Channel Frequency Power Density

(dBm/MHz) 10log(500kHz/RBW) Factor (dB) Power Density

(dBm/500kHz) Power Density Limit Result

(dBm/500kHz) 151 159 5755 MHz 5795 MHz Note:

Directiona l Gain 10 log 4.03 6.01 Nss j 1 N N K ANT 1 g kj

, 2 ANT

-3.01

-3.01 1.02 3.00 30.00 30.00 Complies Complies

=5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 41 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Channel Frequency Power Density

(dBm/MHz) 10log(500kHz/RBW) Factor (dB) Power Density

(dBm/500kHz) Power Density

(dBm/500kHz) Limit Result 149 157 165 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz Note:

Directiona l Gain 10 log 7.49 7.57 8.56 Nss j 1 N N K ANT 1 g kj

, 2 ANT

-3.01

-3.01

-3.01 4.48 4.56 5.55 30.00 30.00 30.00 Complies Complies Complies

=5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Channel Frequency Power Density

(dBm/MHz) 10log(500kHz/RBW) Factor (dB) Power Density

(dBm/500kHz) Power Density Limit Result

(dBm/500kHz) 151 159 5755 MHz 5795 MHz Note:

Directiona l Gain 10 log 3.85 5.23 Nss j 1 N N K ANT 1 g kj

, 2 ANT

-3.01

-3.01 0.84 2.22 30.00 30.00 Complies Complies

=5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Channel Frequency Power Density

(dBm/MHz) 10log(500kHz/RBW) Factor (dB) Power Density

(dBm/500kHz) Power Density Limit Result

(dBm/500kHz) 155 5775 MHz Note:

Directiona l Gain 10 log

-0.66 Nss j 1 N N K ANT 1 g kj

, 2 ANT

-3.01

-3.67 30.00 Complies

=5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 42 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature Test Engineer 25 Serway Li Test Date Sep. 16, 2015 Humidity 60%

Test Function Beamforming function Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Channel Frequency Power Density

(dBm/MHz) 10log(500kHz/RBW) Factor (dB) Power Density

(dBm/500kHz) Power Density Limit Result

(dBm/500kHz) 149 157 165 5745 MHz 5785 MHz 5825 MHz Note:

Directiona l Gain 10 log 8.29 7.85 7.03 Nss j 1 N N K ANT 1 g kj

, 2 ANT

-3.01

-3.01

-3.01 5.28 4.84 4.02 30.00 30.00 30.00 Complies Complies Complies

=5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Channel Frequency Power Density

(dBm/MHz) 10log(500kHz/RBW) Factor (dB) Power Density

(dBm/500kHz) Power Density

(dBm/500kHz) Limit Result 151 159 5755 MHz 5795 MHz Note:

Directiona l Gain 10 log 3.94 5.38 Nss j 1 N N K ANT 1 g kj

, 2 ANT

-3.01

-3.01 0.93 2.37 30.00 30.00 Complies Complies

=5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Channel Frequency Power Density

(dBm/MHz) 10log(500kHz/RBW) Factor (dB) Power Density

(dBm/500kHz) Power Density

(dBm/500kHz) Limit Result 155 5775 MHz Note:

Directiona l Gain 10 log

-1.46 Nss j 1 N N K ANT 1 g kj

, 2 ANT

-3.01

-4.47 30.00 Complies

=5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Note: All the test values were listed in the report. For plots, only the channel with worse result was shown. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 43 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 For non-beamforming function:

Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5745 MHz Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT20 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5785 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 44 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT40 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 / 5795 MHz Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 /

5825 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 45 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 /

5795 MHz Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 /

5775 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 46 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 For beamforming function:

Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 /

5745 MHz Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 /

5795 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 47 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 /

5775 MHz Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 48 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 4.5. Radiated Emissions Measurement 4.5.1. Limit Report No.: FR322315-05 For transmitters operating in the 5.725-5.85 GHz band: all emissions within the frequency range from the band edge to 10 MHz above or below the band edge shall not exceed an e.i.r.p. of 17 dBm/MHz; for frequencies 10 MHz or greater above or below the band edge, emissions shall not exceed an e.i.r.p. of 27 dBm/MHz. In addition, In case the emission fall within the restricted band specified on 15.205(a), then the 15.209(a) limit in the table below has to be followed. Frequencies

(MHz) 0.009~0.490 0.490~1.705 1.705~30.0 30~88 88~216 216~960 Above 960 Field Strength

(micorvolts/meter) 2400/F(kHz) 24000/F(kHz) 30 100 150 200 500 Measurement Distance

(meters) 300 30 30 3 3 3 3 4.5.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of spectrum analyzer and receiver. Spectrum Parameter Attenuation Start Frequency Stop Frequency RBW / VBW (Emission in restricted band) Setting Auto 1000 MHz 40 GHz 1MHz / 3MHz for Peak, 1MHz / 1/T for Average RBW / VBW (Emission in non-restricted band) 1MHz / 3MHz for peak Receiver Parameter Attenuation Start ~ Stop Frequency Start ~ Stop Frequency Start ~ Stop Frequency Setting Auto 9kHz~150kHz / RBW 200Hz for QP 150kHz~30MHz / RBW 9kHz for QP 30MHz~1000MHz / RBW 120kHz for QP Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 49 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 4.5.3. Test Procedures Report No.: FR322315-05 1. Configure the EUT according to ANSI C63.10. The EUT was placed on the top of the turntable 1.5 meter above ground. The phase center of the receiving antenna mounted on the top of a height-variable antenna tower was placed 1m & 3m far away from the turntable. 2. Power on the EUT and all the supporting units. The turntable was rotated by 360 degrees to 3. determine the position of the highest radiation. The height of the broadband receiving antenna was varied between one meter and four meters above ground to find the maximum emissions field strength of both horizontal and vertical polarization. 4. For each suspected emissions, the antenna tower was scan (from 1 M to 4 M) and then the turntable was rotated (from 0 degree to 360 degrees) to find the maximum reading. 5. Set the test-receiver system to Peak or CISPR quasi-peak Detect Function with specified bandwidth under Maximum Hold Mode. 6. For emissions above 1GHz, use 1MHz VBW and 3MHz RBW for peak reading. Then 1MHz RBW and 1/T 7. VBW for average reading in spectrum analyzer. If the emissions level of the EUT in peak mode was 3 dB lower than the average limit specified, then testing will be stopped and peak values of EUT will be reported, otherwise, the emissions which do not have 3 dB margin will be repeated one by one using the quasi-peak method for below 1GHz. 8. For testing above 1GHz, the emissions level of the EUT in peak mode was lower than average limit

(that means the emissions level in peak mode also complies with the limit in average mode), then testing will be stopped and peak values of EUT will be reported, otherwise, the emissions will be measured in average mode again and reported. In case the emission is lower than 30MHz, loop antenna has to be used for measurement and the recorded data should be QP measured by receiver. High Low scan is not required in this case. 9. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 50 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 4.5.4. Test Setup Layout Report No.: FR322315-05 4.5.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.5.6. EUT Operation during Test For non-beamforming function:

The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. For beamforming function:

The EUT was programmed to be in beamforming transmitting mode. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 51 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 4.5.7. Results for Radiated Emissions (1GHz~40GHz) Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11a CH 149 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 22, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 52 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11a CH 157 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 22, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 53 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11a CH 165 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 22, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 54 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT20 CH 149 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 24, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 55 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT20 CH 157 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 24, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 56 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT20 CH 165 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 24, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 57 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT40 CH 151 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 24, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 58 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT40 CH 159 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 24, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 59 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 CH 149 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 22, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 60 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 CH 157 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 22, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 61 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 CH 165 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 22, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 62 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 CH 151 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 22, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 63 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 CH 159 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 22, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 64 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 CH 155 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 22, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 65 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 CH 149 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 21, 2015 Test Function Beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 66 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 CH 157 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 21, 2015 Test Function Beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 67 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 CH 165 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 21, 2015 Test Function Beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 68 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 CH 151 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 21, 2015 Test Function Beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 69 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 CH 159 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 21, 2015 Test Function Beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 70 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 CH 155 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Jul. 21, 2015 Test Function Beamforming function Test Date Horizontal Vertical Note:

The amplitude of spurious emissions that are attenuated by more than 20dB below the permissible value has no need to be reported. Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m). Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 71 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 4.6. Band Edge Emissions Measurement 4.6.1. Limit For transmitters operating in the 5.725-5.85 GHz band: all emissions within the frequency range from the band edge to 10 MHz above or below the band edge shall not exceed an e.i.r.p. of 17 dBm/MHz; for frequencies 10 MHz or greater above or below the band edge, emissions shall not exceed an e.i.r.p. of 27 dBm/MHz. In addition, In case the emission fall within the restricted band specified on 15.205(a), then the 15.209(a) limit in the table below has to be followed. Frequencies

(MHz) 0.009~0.490 0.490~1.705 1.705~30.0 30~88 88~216 216~960 Above 960 Field Strength

(micorvolts/meter) 2400/F(kHz) 24000/F(kHz) 30 100 150 200 500 Measurement Distance

(meters) 300 30 30 3 3 3 3 4.6.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of the spectrum analyzer. Spectrum Parameter Attenuation Span Frequency RBW / VBW (Emission in restricted band) Setting Auto 100 MHz 1MHz / 3MHz for Peak, 1MHz / 1/T for Average RBW / VBW (Emission in non-restricted band) 1MHz / 3MHz for Peak 4.6.3. Test Procedures 1. The test procedure is the same as section 4.5.3. 4.6.4. Test Setup Layout This test setup layout is the same as that shown in section 4.5.4. 4.6.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 72 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 4.6.6. EUT Operation during Test For non-beamforming function:

The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. For beamforming function:

The EUT was programmed to be in beamforming transmitting mode. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 73 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 4.6.7. Test Result of Band Edge and Fundamental Emissions Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11a CH 149, 157, 165 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Test Date Jul. 22, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Channel 149 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5745 MHz. Channel 157 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5785 MHz. Channel 165 Item 1, 2 are the fundamental frequency at 5825 MHz. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 74 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT20 CH 149, 157, 165 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Test Date Jul. 24, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Channel 149 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5745 MHz. Channel 157 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5785 MHz. Channel 165 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5825 MHz. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 75 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11n MCS0 HT40 CH 151, 159 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Test Date Jul. 24, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Channel 151 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5755 MHz. Channel 159 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5795 MHz. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 76 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 CH 149, 157, 165 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Test Date Channel 149 Jul. 22, 2015 /

Jul. 23, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5745 MHz. Channel 157 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5785 MHz. Channel 165 Item 1, 2 are the fundamental frequency at 5825 MHz. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 77 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 CH 151, 159 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Test Date Jul. 22, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Channel 151 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5755 MHz. Channel 159 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5795 MHz. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 78 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 CH 155 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Test Date Jul. 22, 2015 Test Function Non-beamforming function Channel 155 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5775 MHz. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 79 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT20 CH 149, 157, 165 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Test Date Channel 149 Jul. 21, 2015 /

Jul. 23, 2015 Test Function Beamforming function Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5745 MHz. Channel 157 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5785 MHz. Channel 165 Item 1, 2 are the fundamental frequency at 5825 MHz. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 80 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT40 CH 151, 159 / Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Test Date Jul. 21, 2015 Test Function Beamforming function Channel 151 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5755 MHz. Channel 159 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5795 MHz. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 81 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Temperature 23.7 Humidity 68%

Test Engineer Eason Chen Configurations IEEE 802.11ac MCS0/Nss1 VHT80 CH 155 /

Chain 3 + Chain 4 + Chain 5 Test Date Jul. 21, 2015 Test Function Beamforming function Channel 155 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5775 MHz. Note:

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m) Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 82 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 4.7. Frequency Stability Measurement 4.7.1. Limit Report No.: FR322315-05 In-band emission is maintained within the band of operation under all conditions of normal operation as specified in the users manual. The transmitter center frequency tolerance shall be 20 ppm maximum for the 5 GHz band (IEEE 802.11n specification). 4.7.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of the spectrum analyzer. Spectrum Parameter Attenuation Span Frequency RBW VBW Sweep Time 4.7.3. Test Procedures Setting Auto Entire absence of modulation emissions bandwidth 10 kHz 10 kHz Auto The transmitter output (antenna port) was connected to the spectrum analyzer. 1. 2. EUT have transmitted absence of modulation signal and fixed channelize. 3. Set the spectrum analyzer span to view the entire absence of modulation emissions bandwidth. 4. Set RBW = 10 kHz, VBW = 10 kHz with peak detector and maxhold settings. 5. fc is declaring of channel frequency. Then the frequency error formula is (fc-f)/fc 106 ppm and the limit is less than 20ppm (IEEE 802.11nspecification). 6. Allow sufficient time (approximately 30 min) for the temperature of the chamber to stabilize, turn the 7. EUT on and measure the operating frequency after 2, 5, and 10 minutes. The test extreme voltage is to change the primary supply voltage from 85 to 115 percent of the nominal value 8. Extreme temperature is -20C~50C. 4.7.4. Test Setup Layout Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 83 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 4.7.5. Test Deviation Report No.: FR322315-05 There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.7.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was programmed to be in continuously un-modulation transmitting mode. 4.7.7. Test Result of Frequency Stability Temperature Test Engineer 25 Serway Li Humidity Test Date 60%

Sep. 16, 2015 Mode: 20 MHz / Chain 4 Voltage vs. Frequency Stability Voltage

(V) 126.50 110.00 93.50 Max. Deviation (MHz) Max. Deviation (ppm) Result 0 Minute 5784.9110 5784.9100 5784.9062 0.0938 16.21 Temperature vs. Frequency Stability Measurement Frequency (MHz) 5785 MHz 2 Minute 5784.9100 5784.9088 5784.9058 0.0942 16.28 5 Minute 5784.9078 5784.9062 5784.9054 0.0946 16.35 Complies Temperature Measurement Frequency (MHz) 5785 MHz 0 Minute 5784.9144 5784.9138 5784.9126 5784.9108 5784.9100 5784.9084 5784.9066 5784.9023 0.0977 16.88 2 Minute 5784.9142 5784.9132 5784.9110 5784.9096 5784.9088 5784.9072 5784.9064 5784.9027 0.0973 16.81 5 Minute 5784.9149 5784.9140 5784.9084 5784.9070 5784.9062 5784.9054 5784.9044 5784.9029 0.0971 16.78 Complies

()

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Max. Deviation (MHz) Max. Deviation (ppm) Result Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 10 Minute 5784.9074 5784.9060 5784.9052 0.0948 16.39 10 Minute 5784.9152 5784.9136 5784.9076 5784.9068 5784.9060 5784.9052 5784.9038 5784.9023 0.0977 16.88 Page No. Issued Date

: 84 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Mode: 40 MHz / Chain 4 Voltage vs. Frequency Stability Voltage

(V) 126.50 110.00 93.50 Max. Deviation (MHz) Max. Deviation (ppm) Result 0 Minute 5795.0012 5795.0000 5794.9982 0.0018 0.31 Temperature vs. Frequency Stability Measurement Frequency (MHz) 5755 MHz 2 Minute 5794.9998 5794.9994 5794.9984 0.0016 0.28 5 Minute 5794.9994 5794.9990 5794.9982 0.0018 0.31 Complies Temperature Measurement Frequency (MHz)

()

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Max. Deviation (MHz) Max. Deviation (ppm) Result 5755 MHz 0 Minute 5795.0146 5795.0121 5795.0010 5795.0000 5795.0000 5794.9984 5794.9978 5794.9964 0.0146 2.52 2 Minute 5795.0138 5795.0124 5795.0008 5795.0004 5794.9994 5794.9984 5794.9978 5794.9968 0.0138 2.38 5 Minute 5795.0144 5795.0118 5795.0000 5794.9994 5794.9990 5794.9982 5794.9976 5794.9962 0.0144 2.48 Complies 10 Minute 5794.9990 5794.9986 5794.9980 0.0020 0.35 10 Minute 5795.0140 5795.0126 5794.9998 5794.9992 5794.9986 5794.9980 5794.9974 5794.9966 0.0140 2.42 Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 85 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 Mode: 80 MHz / Chain 5 Voltage vs. Frequency Stability Voltage

(V) 126.50 110.00 93.50 Max. Deviation (MHz) Max. Deviation (ppm) Result 0 Minute 5775.0008 5775.0000 5774.9990 0.0010 0.17 Temperature vs. Frequency Stability Measurement Frequency (MHz) 5775 MHz 2 Minute 5774.9998 5774.9994 5774.9988 0.0012 0.21 5 Minute 5774.9996 5774.9988 5774.9982 0.0018 0.31 Complies Temperature Measurement Frequency (MHz)

()

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Max. Deviation (MHz) Max. Deviation (ppm) Result 5775 MHz 0 Minute 5775.0110 5775.0082 5775.0020 5775.0014 5775.0000 5774.9994 5774.9988 5774.9876 0.0124 2.15 2 Minute 5775.0114 5775.0078 5775.0004 5774.9998 5774.9994 5774.9986 5774.9978 5774.9874 0.0126 2.18 5 Minute 5775.0110 5775.0084 5775.0004 5774.9992 5774.9988 5774.9980 5774.9972 5774.9872 0.0128 2.22 Complies 10 Minute 5774.9986 5774.9982 5774.9974 0.0026 0.45 10 Minute 5775.0113 5775.0085 5774.9998 5774.9986 5774.9982 5774.9974 5774.9962 5774.9874 0.0126 2.18 Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 86 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 4.8. Antenna Requirements 4.8.1. Limit Report No.: FR322315-05 Except for special regulations, the Low-power Radio-frequency Devices must not be equipped with any jacket for installing an antenna with extension cable. An intentional radiator shall be designed to ensure that no antenna other than that furnished by the responsible party shall be used with the device. The use of a permanently attached antenna or of an antenna that uses a unique coupling to the intentional radiator shall be considered sufficient to comply with the provisions of this Section. The manufacturer may design the unit so that the user can replace a broken antenna, but the use of a standard antenna jack or electrical connector is prohibited. Further, this requirement does not apply to intentional radiators that must be professionally installed. 4.8.2. Antenna Connector Construction Please refer to section 3.3 in this test report; antenna connector complied with the requirements. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 87 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 Report No.: FR322315-05 5. LIST OF MEASURING EQUIPMENTS Instrument Manufacturer Model No. Serial No. Characteristics Calibration Date Horn Antenna EMCO 3115 00075790 750MHz ~ 18GHz Oct. 28, 2014 Horn Antenna Schwarzbeck BBHA 9170 BBHA9170252 15GHz ~ 40GHz Aug. 22, 2014 Pre-Amplifier Agilent 8449B 3008A02310 1GHz ~ 26.5GHz Jan. 12, 2015 Pre-Amplifier Spectrum Analyzer WM R&S TF-130N-R1 923365 26GHz ~ 40GHz Nov. 25, 2014 FSP40 100056 9kHz ~ 40GHz Nov. 06, 2014 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-40G-1 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-40G-2 N/A N/A 1 GHz ~ 40 GHz Nov. 15, 2014 1 GHz ~ 40 GHz Nov. 15, 2014 Spectrum analyzer R&S FSP40 100979 9kHz~40GHz Dec. 12, 2014 Temp. and Humidity Chamber RF Cable-high RF Cable-high RF Cable-high RF Cable-high RF Cable-high Ten Billion TTH-D3SP TBN-931011

-30~100 degree Jun. 02, 2015 Woken Woken Woken Woken Woken RG402 RG402 RG402 RG402 RG402 High Cable-7 1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 15, 2014 High Cable-8 1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 15, 2014 High Cable-9 1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 15, 2014 High Cable-10 1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 15, 2014 High Cable-6 1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 15, 2014 Power Sensor Agilent U2021XA MY53410001 50MHz~18GHz Nov. 03, 2014 Remark Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Note: Calibration Interval of instruments listed above is one year. Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 88 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015 6. MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY Test Items Radiated Emission (1GHz ~ 18GHz) Radiated Emission (18GHz ~ 40GHz) Conducted Emission Report No.: FR322315-05 Uncertainty 3.7 dB 3.5 dB 1.7 dB Remark Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Report Format Version: Rev. 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 89 of 89

: Sep. 30, 2015

 

 

Report No.: FR322315-05 Appendix A. Test Photos FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No.

: A1 of A2 Report No.: FR322315-05 1. Photographs of Radiated Emissions Test Configuration FRONT VIEW REAR VIEW FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No.

: A2 of A2

 

 

NETGEAR, Inc. 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, California 95134, USA Tel: 408-890-3530 / Fax: 408-907-8097 DoC Attestation Letter Date: 2013/3/5 We NETGEAR, Inc., as the grantee of this project (FCC ID: PY312400219 / Brand Name: NETGEAR /

Model No.: R6250), would like to declare that the composite portion categorized as computer peripheral has been authorized under the Declaration of Conformity procedures (Sproton report No.:

FD322315, FCC Test Firm Registration No.: 187376). The final product shall consequently comply with the FCC rule applied for DoC Procedure. Regards, FCC Grantee contact person information. Applicants company name

: NETGEAR, Inc. Applicants company address

: 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, California 95134, USA Signature

:

_____________________________ Job Title and Dept.

: Masood Abrishamcar / Regulatory Complinace Manager E-Mail Tel.

: masood.abrishamcar@netgear.com

: 408-890-3530 Page No.

: 5

 

 

Report No.: FR322315 Appendix B. Maximum Permissible Exposure FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No.

: B1 of B3 1. Maximum Permissible Exposure 1.1. Applicable Standard Report No.: FR322315 Systems operating under the provisions of this section shall be operated in a manner that ensures that the public is not exposed to radio frequency energy levels in excess limit for maximum permissible exposure. In accordance with 47 CFR FCC Part 2 Subpart J, section 2.1091 this device has been defined as a mobile device whereby a distance of 0.2 m normally can be maintained between the user and the device.

(A) Limits for Occupational / Controlled Exposure Frequency Range Power Density (S) Magnetic Field Electric Field

(MHz) Strength (E) (V/m) Strength (H) (A/m)

(mW/ cm) Averaging Time

|E|,|H| or S

(minutes) 0.3-3.0 3.0-30 30-300 300-1500 1500-100,000 614 1842 / f 61.4 1.63 4.89 / f 0.163

(100)*

(900 / f)*

1.0 F/300 5 6 6 6 6 6

(B) Limits for General Population / Uncontrolled Exposure Frequency Range Electric Field Magnetic Field

(MHz) Strength (E) (V/m) Strength (H) (A/m) Power Density (S)

(mW/ cm) Averaging Time

|E|,|H| or S

(minutes) 0.3-1.34 1.34-30 30-300 300-1500 1500-100,000 614 824/f 27.5 1.63 2.19/f 0.073

(100)*

(180/f)*

0.2 F/1500 1.0 30 30 30 30 30 Note: f = frequency in MHz ; *Plane-wave equivalent power density 1.2. MPE Calculation Method E (V/m) GP 30 d Power Density: Pd (W/m) 2E 377 E Electric field (V/m) P Average RF output power (W) G EUT Antenna numeric gain (numeric) d Separation distance between radiator and human body (m) The formula can be changed to Pd 30 377 d GP 2 From the EUT RF output power, the minimum mobile separation distance, d=0.2m, as well as the gain of the used antenna, the RF power density can be obtained. FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No.

: B2 of B3 1.3. Calculated Result and Limit For 5GHz UNII Band: Antenna Type : PCB Antenna Max Conducted Power for IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz: 16.90 dBm Antenna Gain (dBi) Antenna Gain

(numeric) 3.00 1.9953 Average Average Power Density Output Power Output Power

(S)

(dBm) 16.9042

(mW) 49.0252

(mW/cm) 0.019470 For 5GHz ISM Band:

Antenna Type : PCB Antenna Max Conducted Power for IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 20MHz: 27.19 dBm Directional Gain (dBi) Antenna Gain Output Power Output Power

(numeric) Average Average

(S) Power Density

(dBm) 27.1922

(mW) 523.8625

(mW/cm) 0.375118 5.56 3.5975 Note: Directional gain=GANT+10log(NANT/Nss) For 2.4GHz Band:

Antenna Type : PCB Antenna Max Conducted Power for IEEE 802.11g: 26.24 dBm Antenna Gain (dBi) Antenna Gain

(numeric) 1.50 1.4125 Average Average Power Density Output Power Output Power

(S)

(dBm) 26.2432

(mW) 421.0413

(mW/cm) 0.118379 Report No.: FR322315 Limit of Power Density (S)

(mW/cm) Test Result 1 Complies Limit of Power Density (S)

(mW/cm) Test Result 1 Complies Limit of Power Density (S)

(mW/cm) Test Result 1 Complies CONCULSION:

Both of the WLAN 2.4GHz Band and WLAN 5GHz Band can transmit simultaneously, the formula of calculatedthe MPE is:

CPD1 / LPD1 + CPD2 / LPD2 + etc. < 1 CPD = Calculation power density LPD = Limit of power density Therefore, the worst-case situation is 0.118379 / 1 + 0.375118 / 1 = 0.493497, which isless than 1. This confirmed that the device comply with FCC 1.1310 MPE limit. FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No.

: B3 of B3

 

 

Report No.: FR322315 Appendix C. Co-location FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No.

: C1 of C3 Report No.: FR322315 1. Results of Radiated Emissions for Co-located Temperature 24.5 Humidity Test Engineer Jim Huang Configurations 60%

Normal Link /

EUT + Power Adapter 2 Horizontal FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No.

: C2 of C3 Vertial FCC ID: PY312400219 Report No.: FR322315 Page No.

: C3 of C3

 

 

SPORTON International Inc. No. 52, Hwa Ya 1st Rd., Kwei-Shan Hsiang, TaoYuan Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C. Ph: 886-3-327-3456 / FAX: 886-3-327-0973 / www.sporton.com.tw FCC RADIO TEST REPORT Applicants company Applicant Address FCC ID Manufacturers company Manufacturer Address NETGEAR, Inc. 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, California 95134, USA PY312400219 Ambit Microsystems (Shanghai) Ltd. No. 1925, Nanle Road, Songjiang Export Processing Zone, Shanghai, China Product Name Brand Name Model Name Test Rule Part(s) Test Freq. Range Received Date Final Test Date Submission Type Operating Mode R6250 Smart WiFi Router NETGEAR R6250 47 CFR FCC Part 15 Subpart E 15.407 5150 ~ 5250MHz Jan. 07, 2013 Feb. 19, 2013 Original Equipment Master Statement Test result included is for the IEEE 802.11n and IEEE 802.11a/ac (5150 ~ 5250MHz) of the product. The test result in this report refers exclusively to the presented test model / sample. Without written approval of SPORTON International Inc., the test report shall not be reproduced except in full. The measurements and test results shown in this test report were made in accordance with the procedures and found in compliance with the limit given in ANSI C63.10-2009, 47 CFR FCC Part 15 Subpart E, KDB 789033 D01 v01r02 and KDB 662911 D01 v01r02. The test equipment used to perform the test is calibrated and traceable to NML/ROC. Report Format Version: 01 Report No.: FR322315AB Table of Contents 1. CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE........................................................................................................................... 1 2. SUMMARY OF THE TEST RESULT............................................................................................................................ 2 3. GENERAL INFORMATION..................................................................................................................................... 3 3.1. Product Details ...........................................................................................................................................................................................3 3.2. Accessories .................................................................................................................................................................................................6 Table for Filed Antenna.............................................................................................................................................................................7 3.3. 3.4. Table for Carrier Frequencies ...................................................................................................................................................................8 Table for Test Modes ..................................................................................................................................................................................8 3.5. Table for Testing Locations......................................................................................................................................................................10 3.6. Table for Supporting Units .......................................................................................................................................................................10 3.7. 3.8. Table for Parameters of Test Software Setting .....................................................................................................................................11 Test Configurations...................................................................................................................................................................................12 3.9. 4. TEST RESULT......................................................................................................................................................... 15 4.1. AC Power Line Conducted Emissions Measurement .........................................................................................................................15 4.2. 26dB Bandwidth Measurement .............................................................................................................................................................21 4.3. Maximum Conducted Output Power Measurement.........................................................................................................................32 Power Spectral Density Measurement..................................................................................................................................................36 4.4. Peak Excursion Measurement ................................................................................................................................................................42 4.5. 4.6. Radiated Emissions Measurement.........................................................................................................................................................47 Band Edge Emissions Measurement......................................................................................................................................................62 4.7. 4.8. Frequency Stability Measurement.........................................................................................................................................................69 4.9. Antenna Requirements ...........................................................................................................................................................................71 5. LIST OF MEASURING EQUIPMENTS .................................................................................................................... 72 6. TEST LOCATION.................................................................................................................................................. 74 APPENDIX A. TEST PHOTOS...........................................................................................................................A1 ~ A5 APPENDIX B. MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE ........................................................................................ B1 ~ B3 APPENDIX C. CO-LOCATION REPORT .........................................................................................................C1 ~ C3 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: i of ii

:Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB History of This Test Report REPORT NO. VERSION DESCRIPTION ISSUED DATE FR322315AB Rev. 01 Initial issue of report Mar. 14, 2013 36/52 1 5180 MHz 5260 MHz 42 50 42/50/58 5210 MHz 5250 MHz 42 5210 MHz 5.15~5.25 GHz 5.15-5.35 GHz 5.25-5.35 GHz 47 CFR FCC Part 15 Subpart E Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Further, this requirement does not apply to intentional radiators that must be professionally installed. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: ii of ii

:Mar. 14, 2013 2. SUMMARY OF THE TEST RESULT Report No.: FR322315AB Part 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 Rule Section 15.207 15.407(a) 15.407(a) 15.407(a) 15.407(a) 15.407(b) 15.407(b) 15.407(g) 15.203 Applied Standard: 47 CFR FCC Part 15 Subpart E Description of Test Result Under Limit AC Power Line Conducted Emissions 26dB Spectrum Bandwidth Maximum Conducted Output Power Power Spectral Density Peak Excursion Radiated Emissions Band Edge Emissions Frequency Stability Antenna Requirements Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies Complies 6.12 dB

-

0.10 dB 1.40 dB 3.20 dB 3.40 dB 0.02 dB

-

-

Test Items AC Power Line Conducted Emissions Maximum Conducted Output Power Power Spectral Density Peak Excursion 26dB Spectrum Bandwidth / Frequency Stability Radiated Emissions (9kHz~30MHz) Radiated Emissions (30MHz~1000MHz) Radiated / Band Edge Emissions (1GHz~18GHz) Radiated Emissions (18GHz~40GHz) Temperature Humidity DC / AC Power Source Uncertainty 2.3dB 0.5dB 0.5dB 0.5dB 8.510-8 0.8dB 1.9dB 1.9dB 1.9dB 0.7 3.2%

1.4%

Remark Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Confidence levels of 95%

Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 2 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 3. GENERAL INFORMATION 3.1. Product Details IEEE 802.11n/ac Items Product Type Radio Type Power Type Modulation Data Modulation Data Rate (Mbps) Frequency Range Channel Number Channel Band Width

(99%) Maximum Conducted Output Power Report No.: FR322315AB Description WLAN (3TX, 3RX) Intentional Transceiver From Power Adapter see the below table for IEEE 802.11n OFDM (BPSK / QPSK / 16QAM / 64QAM) for 802.11n OFDM (BPSK / QPSK / 16QAM / 64QAM / 256QAM) for 802.11ac see the below table for IEEE 802.11n see the below table for IEEE 802.11ac 5150 ~ 5250MHz 4 for 20MHz bandwidth ; 2 for 40MHz bandwidth 1 for 80MHz bandwidth IEEE 802.11n:

MCS0 (20MHz): 17.76 MHz ; MCS0 (40MHz): 36.48 MHz IEEE 802.11ac:

MCS0 (VHT 20MHz): 17.92 MHz ; MCS0 (VHT 40MHz): 36.80 MHz ;

MCS0 (VHT 80MHz): 76.80 MHz IEEE 802.11n:

MCS0 (20MHz): 15.96 dBm ; MCS0 (40MHz): 16.90 dBm IEEE 802.11ac:

MCS0 (VHT 20MHz): 15.99 dBm ; MCS0 (VHT 40MHz): 16.87 dBm ;

MCS0 (VHT 80MHz): 15.38 dBm Please refer to section 3.4 Please refer to section 3.3 Carrier Frequencies Antenna The EUT supports beamforming mode for 802.11ac 20/40/80MHz. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 3 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Description WLAN (3TX, 3RX) Intentional Transceiver From Power Adapter OFDM for IEEE 802.11a OFDM (BPSK / QPSK / 16QAM / 64QAM) OFDM (6/9/12/18/24/36/48/54) 5150 ~ 5250MHz 4 17.28 MHz 14.88 dBm Please refer to section 3.4 Please refer to section 3.3 IEEE 802.11a Items Product Type Radio Type Power Type Modulation Data Modulation Data Rate (Mbps) Frequency Range Channel Number Channel Band Width

(99%) Maximum Conducted Output Power Carrier Frequencies Antenna Antenna & Band width Antenna Band width Mode 20 MHz IEEE 802.11a IEEE 802.11n IEEE 802.11ac V V V Three (TX) 40 MHz X V V 80 MHz X X V Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 4 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB IEEE 802.11n spec MCS Spatial Modulation Coding Data rate (Mbit/s) Index Streams Type Rate 20 MHz channel 40 MHz channel 800 ns GI 400 ns GI 800 ns GI 400 ns GI 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 BPSK QPSK QPSK 16-QAM 16-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM BPSK QPSK QPSK 16-QAM 16-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM BPSK QPSK QPSK 16-QAM 16-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM 64-QAM 1/2 1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4 2/3 3/4 5/6 1/2 1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4 2/3 3/4 5/6 1/2 1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4 2/3 3/4 5/6 6.5 13 19.5 26 39 52 58.5 65 13 26 39 52 78 104 117 130 19.5 39 58.5 78 117 156 175.5 195 7.2 14.4 21.7 28.9 43.3 57.8 65 72.2 14.4 28.9 43.3 57.8 86.7 115.6 130 144.4 21.7 43.3 65 86.7 130 173.3 195 216.7 13.5 27 40.5 54 81 108 121.5 135 27 54 81 108 162 216 243 270 40.5 81 121.5 162 243 324 364.5 405 15 30 45 60 90 120 135 150 30 60 90 120 180 240 270 300 45 90 135 180 270 360 405 450 Symbol NSS R NBPSC NCBPS NDBPS GI Explanation Number of spatial streams Code rate Number of coded bits per single carrier Number of coded bits per symbol Number of data bits per symbol guard interval Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 5 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB IEEE 802. 11a, 11n and 11ac Spec. Worst Modulation Used for Conformance Testing Number of Protocol Transmit Chains Data Rate / MCS

(NTX) Worst Data Rate /

Worst Modulation MCS Mode 802.11a 3 3 3 3 3 3 6Mbps MCS 0 MCS 0 6-54 Mbps MCS 0-23 MCS 0-23 11A5.2G-20M 11N5.2G-20M 11N5.2G-40M 11AC5.2G-20M 11AC5.2G-40M 11AC5.2G-80M MCS 0-9, Nss1-3 MCS 0-9, Nss1-3 MCS 0-9, Nss1-3 802.11n 20MHz 802.11n 40MHz 802.11ac 20MHz 802.11ac 40MHz 802.11ac 80MHz Note 1: IEEE 802.11 modulation consists of IEEE 802.11a. Note 2: IEEE 802.11n modulation consists of HT20 and HT40 (HT: High Throughput). Then EUT support HT20 and HT40. Worst modulation mode of Guard Interval (GI) is 400ns. Note 3: IEEE 802.11ac modulation consists of VHT20, VHT40, VHT80 and VHT160. Then EUT support VHT20, VHT40, VHT80. (VHT: Very High Throughput). Note 4: Modulation modes consist of 11A5.2G-20M, 11N5.2G-20M, 11N5.2G-40M, 11AC5.2G-20M, 11AC5.2G-40M, 11AC5.2G-80M. MCS 0-Nss1 MCS 0-Nss1 MCS 0-Nss1 Note 5: 11A: IEEE 802.11a, 11N: IEEE 802.11n, 11AC: IEEE 802.11ac. 5.2G: 5.15-5.25 GHz band Note 6: 20M/40M/80M: Channel Bandwidth 20MHz/40MHz/80MHz 3.2. Accessories Power Brand Model P/N Rating Adapter 1 NETGEAR MU30-5120250-A1 332-10234-01 Adapter 2 NETGEAR P030WF120B 11200-6LF RJ-45 Cable*1: Shielded, 1.3m 332-10200-02 Others Input:100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 0.8A Output:12Vdc, 2.5A Input:100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 1.0A Output:12Vdc, 2.5A Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 6 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 3.3. Table for Filed Antenna Report No.: FR322315AB Ant. Brand Model Name Antenna Type Connector 1 2 3 4 5 NETGEAR NETGEAR NETGEAR NETGEAR NETGEAR

-

-

-

-

-

Note: The EUT has five antennas PCB Antenna PCB Antenna PCB Antenna PCB Antenna PCB Antenna I-PEX I-PEX I-PEX I-PEX I-PEX Gain (dBi) 2.4GHz 5GHz 1.5 1.3

-

-

-

-

-

2.5 2.1 3.0

<For 2.4GHz Band:>

For IEEE 802.11b mode (1TX/2RX) Only Ant. 2 can be used as transmitting, but Ant. 1 and Ant. 2 could receive simultaneously. For IEEE 802.11g/n mode (2TX/2RX) Ant. 1 and Ant. 2 could transmit/receive simultaneously.

<For 5GHz Band:>

For IEEE 802.11a/n/ac mode (3TX/3RX):

Ant. 3, Ant. 4 and Ant. 5 could transmit/receive simultaneously. According to the above antennas, there are three antennas will transit simultaneously (one is Horizontal and the others are Vertical) Ant. 2 (2.4G) Ant. 4 (5G) Ant. 1 (2.4G) Ant. 3 (5G) Ant. 5 (5G) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 7 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 3.4. Table for Carrier Frequencies For IEEE 802.11a, use Channel 36, 40, 44, 48. There are two bandwidth systems for IEEE 802.11n. For both 20MHz bandwidth systems, use Channel 36, 40, 44, 48. For both 40MHz bandwidth systems, use Channel 38, 46. For 80MHz bandwidth systems, use Channel 42. Frequency Band Channel No. 5150~5250 MHz Band 1 3.5. Table for Test Modes 36 38 40 42 Frequency 5180 MHz 5190 MHz 5200 MHz 5210 MHz Channel No. 44 46 48

-

Frequency 5220 MHz 5230 MHz 5240 MHz

-

Preliminary tests were performed in different data rate to find the worst radiated emission. The data rate shown in the table below is the worst-case rate with respect to the specific test item. Investigation has been done on all the possible configurations for searching the worst cases. The following table is a list of the test modes shown in this test report. Test Items AC Power Conducted Emission Max. Conducted Output Power Power Spectral Density Mode Normal Link Data Rate Auto

-

Channel Antenna

-

11n 20MHz Band 1 11n 40MHz Band 1 11ac 20MHz Band 1 11ac 40MHz Band 1 11ac 80MHz Band 1 11a/BPSK 11n 20MHz Band 1 Band 1 11n 40MHz Band 1 11ac 80MHz Band 1 11a/BPSK Band 1 MCS0/

6.5Mbps MCS0/

13.5Mbps MCS0/

6.5Mbps MCS0/

13.5Mbps MCS0/

29.3Mbps 6Mbps MCS0/

6.5Mbps MCS0/

13.5Mbps MCS0/

29.3Mbps 6Mbps 36/40/48 38/46 36/40/48 38/46 42 36/40/48 36/40/48 38/46 42 36/40/48 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 8 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 26dB Spectrum Bandwidth 99% Occupied Bandwidth Measurement Peak Excursion Radiated Emission Below 1GHz Radiated Emission Above 1GHz Band Edge Emission 11n 20MHz Band 1 11n 40MHz Band 1 11ac 80MHz Band 1 11a/BPSK Normal Link Band 1 11n 20MHz Band 1 11n 40MHz Band 1 11ac 80MHz Band 1 11a/BPSK 11n 20MHz Band 1 Band 1 11n 40MHz Band 1 11ac 20MHz Band 1 11ac 40MHz Band 1 11ac 80MHz Band 1 Report No.: FR322315AB 36/40/48 38/46 42 36/40/48

-

36/40/48 38/46 42 36/40/48 36/40/48 38/46 36/40/48 38/46 42 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5

-

3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 MCS0/

6.5Mbps MCS0/

13.5Mbps MCS0/

29.3Mbps 6Mbps Auto MCS0/

6.5Mbps MCS0/

13.5Mbps MCS0/

29.3Mbps 6Mbps MCS0/

6.5Mbps MCS0/

13.5Mbps MCS0/

6.5Mbps MCS0/

13.5Mbps MCS0/

29.3Mbps 6Mbps

-

11a/BPSK Un-modulation Band 1 36/40/48 40 3+4+5 N/A Frequency Stability Beamforming mode is worse case than non-beamforming mode so that it is representative and recorded in the test report. The following test modes were performed for all tests:

For Conducted Emission test:

Mode 1. EUT + Power Adapter 1 Mode 2. EUT + Power Adapter 2 Due to Mode 1 generated the worst test result, so it was recorded in this report. For Radiated Emission test:

Mode 1. EUT + Power Adapter 1 Mode 2. EUT + Power Adapter 2 Due to Mode 2 generated the worst test result, it was recorded in this report. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 9 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 3.6. Table for Testing Locations Report No.: FR322315AB Test Site No. 03CH01-CB CO01-CB TH01-CB Site Category SAC Conduction OVEN Room Location Hsin Chu Hsin Chu Hsin Chu FCC Reg. No. 262045 262045

-

IC File No. IC 4086D IC 4086D

-

VCCI Reg. No

-

-

-

Open Area Test Site (OATS); Semi Anechoic Chamber (SAC). Please refer section 6 for Test Site Address. 3.7. Table for Supporting Units Support Unit Notebook Mouse Earphone Flash Disk Notebook Notebook Notebook Brand DELL Logitech M90 SHYARO CHI ADATA DELL DELL DELL Model E6220 M-U0026 MIC-04 C103 E6220 E6430 E6430 FCC ID QDS-BRCM1049LE DoC N/A DoC QDS-BRCM1049LE QDS-BRCM1049LE QDS-BRCM1049LE Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 10 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 3.8. Table for Parameters of Test Software Setting During testing, Channel & Power Controlling Software provided by the customer was used to control the operating channel as well as the output power level. The RF output power selection is for the setting of RF output power expected by the customer and is going to be fixed on the firmware of the final end product. Power Parameters of IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Software Version Manual Tool Version:1.0.0.10 Frequency MCS0 20MHz 5180 MHz 40 5200 MHz 40 5240 MHz 36 Power Parameters of IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Software Version Manual Tool Version:1.0.0.10 Frequency MCS0 40MHz 5190 MHz 43 5230 MHz 43 Power Parameters of IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Software Version Manual Tool Version:1.0.0.10 Frequency MCS0 VHT 20MHz 5180 MHz 40 5200 MHz 38 5240 MHz 37 Power Parameters of IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Software Version Manual Tool Version:1.0.0.10 Frequency MCS0 VHT 40MHz 5190 MHz 43 5230 MHz 43 Power Parameters of IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 80MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Software Version Manual Tool Version:1.0.0.10 Frequency MCS0 VHT 80MHz 5210 MHz 40 Power Parameters of IEEE 802.11a / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Software Version Manual Tool Version:1.0.0.10 Frequency IEEE 802.11a 5180 MHz 34 5200 MHz 32 5240 MHz 36 During the test, Manual Tool Version:1.0.0.10 under WIN XP was executed the test program to control the EUT continuously transmit RF signal. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 11 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 3.9. Test Configurations 3.9.1. Radiation Emissions Test Configuration Test Configuration: 30MHz~1GHz / Test Mode: Mode 2. Report No.: FR322315AB AC MAIN 1 h s a F l k s D i Load 3 EUT 2 A U D O I D C R S 2 3 2 V G A L P T R J

-

4 5 R J

-

1 1 U S B NB 5 6 4 EarPhone Mouse 5G WiFi NB 2.4G WiFi NB D C R S 2 3 2 V G A L P T R J

-

4 5 R J

-

1 1 U S B NB Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 Connection Power cable RJ-45 cable RJ-45 cable*3 RJ-45 cable Audio cable USB cable Shield No Yes No No No No Length 1.8m 1.5m 1.5m 10m 1.1m 1.8m Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 12 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Test Configuration: above 1GHz / Test Mode: Mode 2. Report No.: FR322315AB AC MAIN 1 EUT 2 D C R S 2 3 2 V G A L P T R J

-

4 5 R J

-

1 1 U S B NB Item 1 2 Connection Power cable RJ-45 cable Shield No No Length 1.8m 10m Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 13 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 3.9.2. AC Power Line Conduction Emissions Test Configuration Report No.: FR322315AB Test Mode: Mode 1. AC MAIN 1 Load 6 EUT 5 i k s D h s a F l 4 D C U S B V G A L P T R J

-

4 5 R J

-

1 1 U S B NB SOUND 2 3 Earphone Mouse NB 2.4G WiFi NB 5G WiFi NB Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 Connection Power cable Audio cable USB cable RJ-45 RJ-45 RJ-45*3 Shield No No No Yes No No Length 1.8m 1.1m 1.8m 1.5m 10m 1.5m Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 14 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 4. TEST RESULT 4.1. AC Power Line Conducted Emissions Measurement 4.1.1. Limit For this product that is designed to connect to the AC power line, the radio frequency voltage that is conducted back onto the AC power line on any frequency or frequencies within the band 150 kHz to 30 MHz shall not exceed below limits table. Frequency (MHz) QP Limit (dBuV) AV Limit (dBuV) 0.15~0.5 0.5~5 5~30 66~56 56 60 56~46 46 50 4.1.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of the receiver. Receiver Parameters Attenuation Start Frequency Stop Frequency IF Bandwidth Setting 10 dB 0.15 MHz 30 MHz 9 KHz 4.1.3. Test Procedures 1. Configure the EUT according to ANSI C63.10. The EUT or host of EUT has to be placed 0.4 meter far from the conducting wall of the shielding room and at least 80 centimeters from any other grounded conducting surface. 2. Connect EUT or host of EUT to the power mains through a line impedance stabilization network

(LISN). 3. All the support units are connected to the other LISNs. The LISN should provide 50uH/50ohms coupling impedance. The frequency range from 150 KHz to 30 MHz was searched. 4. 5. Set the test-receiver system to Peak Detect Function and Specified Bandwidth with Maximum Hold Mode. The measurement has to be done between each power line and ground at the power terminal. 6. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 15 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.1.4. Test Setup Layout Report No.: FR322315AB LEGEND:

(1) Interconnecting cables that hang closer than 40 cm to the ground plane shall be folded back and forth in the center forming a bundle 30 to 40 cm long.

(2) I/O cables that are not connected to a peripheral shall be bundled in the center. The end of the cable may be terminated, if required, using the correct terminating impedance. The overall length shall not exceed 1 m.

(3) EUT connected to one LISN. Unused LISN measuring port connectors shall be terminated in 50 . LISN can be placed on top of, or immediately beneath, reference ground plane.

(3.1) All other equipment powered from additional LISN(s).

(3.2) Multiple outlet strip can be used for multiple power cords of non-EUT equipment.

(3.3) LISN at least 80 cm from nearest part of EUT chassis.

(4) Cables of hand-operated devices, such as keyboards, mice, etc., shall be placed as for normal use.

(5) Non-EUT components of EUT system being tested.

(6) Rear of EUT, including peripherals, shall all be aligned and flush with rear of tabletop.

(7) Rear of tabletop shall be 40 cm removed from a vertical conducting plane that is bonded to the ground plane. 4.1.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.1.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was placed on the test table and programmed in normal function. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 16 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 4.1.7. Results of AC Power Line Conducted Emissions Measurement Temperature Test Engineer Configuration 22 Yeh Hsieh Normal Link Humidity Phase Test Mode 52.4%

Line Mode 1. EUT + Power Adapter 1 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 17 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 18 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature Test Engineer Configuration 22 Yeh Hsieh Normal Link Humidity Phase Test Mode 52.4%

Neutral Mode 1. EUT + Power Adapter 1 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 19 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Note:

Level = Read Level + LISN Factor + Cable Loss Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 20 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.2. 26dB Bandwidth Measurement 4.2.1. Limit No restriction limits. 4.2.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Report No.: FR322315AB Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of the spectrum analyzer. Spectrum Parameters Attenuation Span Frequency RB VB Detector Trace Sweep Time Setting Auto

> 26dB Bandwidth Approximately 1% of the emission bandwidth VBW > RBW Peak Max Hold Auto 4.2.3. Test Procedures 1. The transmitter output (antenna port) was connected to the spectrum analyzer in peak hold mode. 2. 2. Measure the maximum width of the emission that is 26 dB down from the peak of the emission. Compare this with the RBW setting of the analyzer. 3. Readjust RBW and repeat measurement as needed until the RBW/EBW ratio is approximately 1%. 4.2.4. Test Setup Layout 4.2.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.2.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 21 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.2.7. Test Result of 99% Occupied Bandwidth Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature Test Engineer 23 Benson Peng Humidity 63%

Configurations IEEE 802.11n/ac Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 36 40 48 5180 MHz 5200 MHz 5240 MHz 26dB Bandwidth

(MHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth

(MHz) 20.32 20.00 20.32 17.76 17.76 17.76 Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 26dB Bandwidth

(MHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth

(MHz) 38 46 5190 MHz 5230 MHz 39.04 39.04 36.48 36.48 Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 36 40 48 5180 MHz 5200 MHz 5240 MHz 26dB Bandwidth

(MHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth

(MHz) 20.00 20.32 20.16 17.76 17.76 17.92 Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 26dB Bandwidth

(MHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth

(MHz) 38 46 5190 MHz 5230 MHz 39.04 39.04 36.80 36.48 Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 80MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 26dB Bandwidth

(MHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth

(MHz) 42 5210 MHz 80.00 76.80 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 22 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature Test Engineer 23 Benson Peng Humidity Configurations 63%

IEEE 802.11a Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 26dB Bandwidth

(MHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth

(MHz) 36 40 48 5180 MHz 5200 MHz 5240 MHz 20.16 20.16 20.32 17.12 17.12 17.28 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 23 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 26 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) /

5180 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 300 kHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms D1 4.526 dBm T1 1 T2 1 D2 -21.474 dBm Delta 1 [T1 ]

0.89 dB 20.320000000 MHz OBW 17.760000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-20.77 dBm 5.169760000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-5.55 dBm 5.171040000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

-4.08 dBm 5.188800000 GHz A 3DB F1 F2 8 MHz/

Span 80 MHz

-80 Center 5.18 GHz Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:16:32 26 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) /

5200 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 300 kHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms D1 4.404 dBm D2 -21.596 dBm T1 1 T2 1 Delta 1 [T1 ]

1.43 dB 20.000000000 MHz OBW 17.760000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-19.89 dBm 5.189920000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-5.88 dBm 5.191040000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

-3.04 dBm 5.208800000 GHz 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70 F1 F2 8 MHz/

Span 80 MHz

-80 Center 5.2 GHz Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:16:10 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 A 3DB Page No. Issued Date

: 24 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 26 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) /

5240 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 300 kHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms D1 4.191 dBm T1 1 T2 1 D2 -21.809 dBm Delta 1 [T1 ]

-0.89 dB 20.320000000 MHz OBW 17.760000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-20.71 dBm 5.229920000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-5.12 dBm 5.231040000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

-3.99 dBm 5.248800000 GHz A 3DB 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70 F1 F2 8 MHz/

Span 80 MHz

-80 Center 5.24 GHz Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:15:40 26 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) /

5190 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 300 kHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms T1 1 F1 T2 1 F2 D1 1.871 dBm D2 -24.129 dBm 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80 Center 5.19 GHz Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:17:22 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 16 MHz/

Span 160 MHz Page No. Issued Date

: 25 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Delta 1 [T1 ]

-2.17 dB 39.040000000 MHz OBW 36.480000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-21.20 dBm 5.170480000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-1.91 dBm 5.171760000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

-0.39 dBm 5.208240000 GHz A 3DB Report No.: FR322315AB 26 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) /

5230 MHz Delta 1 [T1 ]

-1.53 dB 39.040000000 MHz OBW 36.480000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-20.71 dBm 5.210480000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-1.33 dBm 5.211760000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

-0.72 dBm 5.248240000 GHz A 3DB Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 300 kHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms T1 1 F1 T2 1 F2 D1 2.512 dBm D2 -23.488 dBm 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80 Center 5.23 GHz Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:17:46 16 MHz/

Span 160 MHz Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 26 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 26 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5

(3TX) / 5180 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 300 kHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms D1 4.984 dBm D2 -21.016 dBm T1 1 T2 1 Delta 1 [T1 ]

2.11 dB 20.000000000 MHz OBW 17.760000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-19.31 dBm 5.169920000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-4.72 dBm 5.171040000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

-4.32 dBm 5.188800000 GHz A 3DB F1 F2 8 MHz/

Span 80 MHz

-80 Center 5.18 GHz Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:14:02 26 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5

(3TX) / 5200 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 300 kHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms D1 4.343 dBm T1 1 D2 -21.657 dBm T2 1 Delta 1 [T1 ]

0.46 dB 20.320000000 MHz OBW 17.760000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-21.63 dBm 5.189760000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-6.58 dBm 5.191040000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

-2.04 dBm 5.208800000 GHz 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70 F1 F2 8 MHz/

Span 80 MHz

-80 Center 5.2 GHz Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:14:36 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 A 3DB Page No. Issued Date

: 27 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 26 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5

(3TX) / 5240 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 300 kHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms D1 4.16 dBm T1 1 T2 1 D2 -21.84 dBm Delta 1 [T1 ]

-0.21 dB 20.160000000 MHz OBW 17.920000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-20.50 dBm 5.229920000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-6.92 dBm 5.231040000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

-7.35 dBm 5.248960000 GHz A 3DB 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70 F1 F2 8 MHz/

Span 80 MHz

-80 Center 5.24 GHz Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:15:02 26 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5

(3TX) / 5190 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 300 kHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms T1 1 F1 T2 1 F2 D1 2.085 dBm D2 -23.915 dBm 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80 Center 5.19 GHz Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:12:52 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 16 MHz/

Span 160 MHz Page No. Issued Date

: 28 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Delta 1 [T1 ]

-0.64 dB 39.040000000 MHz OBW 36.800000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-22.09 dBm 5.170480000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-4.32 dBm 5.171440000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

-1.76 dBm 5.208240000 GHz A 3DB Report No.: FR322315AB 26 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5

(3TX) / 5230 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 300 kHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Delta 1 [T1 ]

0.64 dB 39.040000000 MHz OBW 36.480000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-22.12 dBm 5.210480000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-0.36 dBm 5.211760000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

-0.66 dBm 5.248240000 GHz A 3DB T2 1 F2 16 MHz/

Span 160 MHz D1 2.42 dBm T1 D2 -23.58 dBm 1 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80 Center 5.23 GHz F1 Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:13:27 Delta 1 [T1 ]

-1.77 dB 80.000000000 MHz OBW 76.800000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-25.87 dBm 5.170320000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-8.29 dBm 5.171600000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

-6.19 dBm 5.248400000 GHz A 3DB 26 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 80MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5

(3TX) / 5210 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 300 kHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms T1 1 F1 T2 1 F2 D1 -2.463 dBm D2 -28.463 dBm 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80 Center 5.21 GHz Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:11:38 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 32 MHz/

Span 320 MHz Page No. Issued Date

: 29 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 26 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) / 5180 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 300 kHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms D1 0.65 dBm D2 -25.35 dBm T1 1 T2 1 Delta 1 [T1 ]

1.10 dB 20.160000000 MHz OBW 17.120000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-22.42 dBm 5.169760000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-8.96 dBm 5.171360000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

-8.08 dBm 5.188480000 GHz A 3DB F1 F2 8 MHz/

Span 80 MHz

-80 Center 5.18 GHz Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:18:26 26 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) / 5200 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 300 kHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms D1 0.65 dBm T1 1 T2 1 D2 -25.35 dBm Delta 1 [T1 ]

1.16 dB 20.160000000 MHz OBW 17.120000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-24.90 dBm 5.189760000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-9.18 dBm 5.191360000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

-8.75 dBm 5.208480000 GHz 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70 F1 F2 8 MHz/

Span 80 MHz

-80 Center 5.2 GHz Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:18:52 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 A 3DB Page No. Issued Date

: 30 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 26 dB Bandwidth Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) / 5240 MHz Ref 20 dBm 20

*

Att 30 dB

*

*

RBW 300 kHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms D1 2.451 dBm T1 1 T2 1 D2 -23.549 dBm Delta 1 [T1 ]

0.34 dB 20.320000000 MHz OBW 17.280000000 MHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-23.43 dBm 5.229760000 GHz Temp 1 [T1 OBW]

-7.80 dBm 5.231360000 GHz Temp 2 [T1 OBW]

-8.48 dBm 5.248640000 GHz 1 PK VIEW 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70 F1 F2 8 MHz/

Span 80 MHz

-80 Center 5.24 GHz Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:19:20 A 3DB Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 31 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 4.3. Maximum Conducted Output Power Measurement 4.3.1. Limit For the band 5.15~5.25 GHz, the maximum conducted output power over the frequency band of operation shall not exceed the lesser of 50 mW (17dBm) or 4 dBm + 10log B, where B is the 26 dB emissions bandwidth in MHz. If transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi are used, both the maximum conducted output power and the peak power spectral density shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi. 4.3.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting The following table is the setting of the peak power meter. Power Meter Parameter Setting Detector AVERAGE 4.3.3. Test Procedures 1. 2. The transmitter output (antenna port) was connected to the power meter. Test was performed in accordance with KDB 789033 Guidelines for Compliance Testing of Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (U-NII) Devices - Part 15, Subpart E,section (C) Maximum conducted output power =>(4) Method PM (Measurement using an RF average power meter) Multiple antenna systems was performed in accordance with KDB 662911 Emissions Testing of Transmitters with Multiple Outputs in the Same Band. 3. When measuring maximum conducted output power with multiple antenna systems,add every result of the values by mathematic formula. 4.3.4. Test Setup Layout 4.3.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.3.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 32 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 4.3.7. Test Result of Maximum Conducted Output Power Temperature Test Engineer Test Date 23 Benson Peng Feb. 19, 2013 Humidity Configurations 63%

IEEE 802.11n/ac Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Total Conducted Power (dBm) Channel Frequency 36 40 48 5180 MHz 5200 MHz 5240 MHz Ant. 3 11.51 11.52 10.45 Ant. 4 11.06 11.02 9.95 Ant. 5 10.98 10.76 9.54 Conducted Power (dBm) Max. Limit

(dBm) Result 15.96 15.88 14.77 17.00 Complies 17.00 Complies 17.00 Complies Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Total Conducted Power (dBm) Channel Frequency 38 46 5190 MHz 5230 MHz Ant. 3 12.42 12.59 Ant. 4 11.96 11.91 Ant. 5 11.85 11.86 Conducted Power (dBm) Max. Limit

(dBm) Result 16.85 16.90 17.00 Complies 17.00 Complies Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 33 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 36 40 48 5180 MHz 5200 MHz 5240 MHz Conducted Power (dBm) Ant. 3 11.54 11.02 10.68 Ant. 4 11.12 10.62 10.23 Ant. 5 10.98 10.29 10.09 Total Conducted Power (dBm) Max. Limit

(dBm) Result 15.99 15.42 15.11 17.00 Complies 17.00 Complies 17.00 Complies Note: Directional gain=GANT+10log(NANT/Nss) =5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 38 46 5190 MHz 5230 MHz Conducted Power (dBm) Ant. 3 12.53 12.45 Ant. 4 11.91 11.92 Ant. 5 11.78 11.89 Total Conducted Power (dBm) Max. Limit

(dBm) Result 16.86 16.87 17.00 Complies 17.00 Complies Note: Directional gain=GANT+10log(NANT/Nss) =5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 80MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 42 5210 MHz Conducted Power (dBm) Ant. 3 11.02 Ant. 4 10.56 Ant. 5 10.21 Total Conducted Power (dBm) Max. Limit

(dBm) Result 15.38 17.00 Complies Note: Directional gain=GANT+10log(NANT/Nss) =5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 34 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature Test Engineer Test Date 23 Benson Peng Feb. 19, 2013 Humidity Configurations 63%

IEEE 802.11a Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 36 40 48 5180 MHz 5200 MHz 5240 MHz Conducted Power (dBm) Ant. 3 9.88 9.21 10.48 Ant. 4 9.56 9.04 10.09 Ant. 5 9.19 8.62 9.72 Total Conducted Power (dBm) Max. Limit

(dBm) Result 14.32 13.73 14.88 17.00 Complies 17.00 Complies 17.00 Complies Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 35 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 4.4. Power Spectral Density Measurement 4.4.1. Limit The power spectral density is defined as the highest level of power in dBm per MHz generated by the transmitter within the power envelope. The following table is power spectral density limits and decrease power density limit rule refer to section 4.3.1. Frequency Range 5.15~5.25 GHz Power Spectral Density limit (dBm/MHz) 4 4.4.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of the spectrum analyzer. Spectrum Parameter Attenuation Span Frequency RB VB Detector Trace Sweep Time Trace Average Setting Auto Encompass the entire emissions bandwidth (EBW) of the signal 1000 kHz 3000 kHz RMS AVERAGE Auto 100 times 4.4.3. Test Procedures 1. 2. The transmitter output (antenna port) was connected RF switch to the spectrum analyzer. Test was performed in accordance with KDB 789033 Guidelines for Compliance Testing of Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (U-NII) Devices - Part 15, Subpart E,section (C) Maximum conducted output power => (d) Method SA-2 (trace averaging across on and off times of the EUT transmissions, followed by duty cycle correction). 3. Multiple antenna systems was performed in accordance with KDB 662911 in-Band Power Spectral Density (PSD) Measurements (1) Measure and sum the spectra across the outputs. 4. When measuring first spectral bin of output 1 is summed with that in the first spectral bin of output 2 and that from the first spectral bin of output 3 and so on up to the Nth output to obtain the value for the first frequency bin of the summed spectrum. The summed spectrum value for each of the other frequency bins is computed in the same way. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 36 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.4.4. Test Setup Layout Report No.: FR322315AB 4.4.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.4.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 37 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 4.4.7. Test Result of Power Spectral Density Temperature Test Engineer 23 Benson Peng Humidity Configurations 63%

IEEE 802.11n/ac Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency Power Density (dBm/MHz) Max. Limit (dBm/MHz) Result 36 40 48 5180 MHz 5200 MHz 5240 MHz 2.53 2.60 1.75 4.00 4.00 4.00 Complies Complies Complies Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency Power Density (dBm/MHz) Max. Limit (dBm/MHz) Result 38 46 5190 MHz 5230 MHz 0.48 0.75 4.00 4.00 Complies Complies Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 80MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency Power Density (dBm/MHz) Max. Limit (dBm/MHz) Result 42 5210 MHz

-3.78 4.00 Complies Note: Directional gain=GANT+10log(NANT/Nss) =5.56dBi <6dBi, so the limit doesnt reduce. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 38 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature Test Engineer 23 Benson Peng Humidity Configurations 63%

IEEE 802.11a Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency Power Density (dBm/MHz) Max. Limit (dBm/MHz) Result 36 40 48 5180 MHz 5200 MHz 5240 MHz 1.30 0.81 1.98 Note: All the test values were listed in the report. 4.00 4.00 4.00 Complies Complies Complies For plots, only the channel with maximum results was shown. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 39 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX)

/ 5200 MHz Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX)

/ 5230 MHz Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 40 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 80MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX)

/ 5210 MHz Power Density Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) / 5240 MHz Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 41 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.5. Peak Excursion Measurement 4.5.1. Limit Report No.: FR322315AB The ratio of the peak excursion of the modulation envelope (measured using a peak hold function) to the maximum conducted output power (measured as specified above) shall not exceed 13 dB across any 1 MHz bandwidth or the emissions bandwidth whichever is less. 4.5.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of the spectrum analyzer. Spectrum Parameter Attenuation Span Frequency RB VB Detector Trace Sweep Time Setting Auto Encompass the entire emissions bandwidth (EBW) of the signal 1MHz (Peak Trace) / 1MHz (Average Trace) 3MHz (Peak Trace) / 3MHz (Average Trace) Peak (Peak Trace) / RMS (Average Trace) Peak : Trace :Max hold/Average: Trace Average Sweep Count 100 AUTO 4.5.3. Test Procedures The test procedure is the same as section 4.6.3. Trace A, Set RBW =1MHz, VBW = 3MHz, Span >26dB bandwidth, Max. hold. 1. 2. 3. Delta Mark trace A Maximum frequency and trace B same frequency. 4. Repeat the above procedure until measurements for all frequencies were complete. 4.5.4. Test Setup Layout This test setup layout is the same as that shown in section 4.6.4. 4.5.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.5.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 42 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 4.5.7. Test Result of Peak Excursion Temperature Test Engineer 23 Benson Peng Humidity Configurations 63%

IEEE 802.11n Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 36 5180 MHz Peak Excursion Max. Limit

(dB) 9.80

(dB) 13 Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 46 5230 MHz Peak Excursion Max. Limit

(dB) 8.73

(dB) 13 Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 80MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Channel Frequency 42 5210 MHz Peak Excursion Max. Limit

(dB) 8.78

(dB) 13 Result Complies Result Complies Result Complies Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 43 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature Test Engineer 23 Benson Peng Humidity Configurations 63%

IEEE 802.11a Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Peak Excursion Channel Frequency 48 5240 MHz

(dB) 8.91 Max. Limit

(dB) 13 Result Complies Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 44 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Peak Excursion Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX)

/ 5180 MHz Ref -10 dBm

-10

*

Att 0 dB

* RBW 1 MHz

*

VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 2 [T2 ]

-32.24 dBm 5.179360000 GHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-22.44 dBm 5.179040000 GHz

*

A 1 2 SWP 100 of 100 3DB

-110 Center 5.18 GHz 4 MHz/

Span 40 MHz Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:56:19 Peak Excursion Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX)

/ 5230 MHz Ref -10 dBm

-10

*

Att 0 dB

* RBW 1 MHz

*

VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 2 [T2 ]

-32.05 dBm 5.234320000 GHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-23.32 dBm 5.234680000 GHz

*

A 1 2 SWP 99 of 100 3DB

-110 Center 5.23 GHz 6 MHz/

Span 60 MHz Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:57:06 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 45 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 1 PK VIEW

*

2 RM VIEW

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80

-90

-100 1 PK VIEW

*

2 RM VIEW

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80

-90

-100 Report No.: FR322315AB Peak Excursion Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 80MHz / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX)

/ 5210 MHz Ref -10 dBm

-10

*

Att 0 dB

* RBW 1 MHz

*

VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 2 [T2 ]

-37.46 dBm 5.234400000 GHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-28.68 dBm 5.219400000 GHz

*

A 1 2 SWP 94 of 100 3DB 1 PK VIEW

*

2 RM VIEW

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80

-90

-100

-110 Center 5.21 GHz 10 MHz/

Span 100 MHz Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:58:00 Peak Excursion Plot on Configuration IEEE 802.11a / Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) / 5240 MHz Ref -10 dBm

-10

*

Att 0 dB

* RBW 1 MHz

*

VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 2 [T2 ]

-30.82 dBm 5.238880000 GHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

-21.91 dBm 5.238720000 GHz

*

A 1 2 SWP 98 of 100 3DB 1 PK VIEW

*

2 RM VIEW

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80

-90

-100

-110 Center 5.24 GHz 4 MHz/

Span 40 MHz Date: 19.FEB.2013 13:55:19 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 46 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.6. Radiated Emissions Measurement 4.6.1. Limit Report No.: FR322315AB For transmitters operating in the 5.15-5.35 GHz band: all emissions outside of the 5.15-5.35 GHz band shall not exceed an -27dBm peak limit or average and peak limits of 15.209. For transmitters operating in the In addition, In case the emission fall within the restricted band specified on 15.205(a), then the 15.209(a) limit in the table below has to be followed. Frequencies

(MHz) 0.009~0.490 0.490~1.705 1.705~30.0 30~88 88~216 216~960 Above 960 Field Strength

(micorvolts/meter) 2400/F(KHz) 24000/F(KHz) 30 100 150 200 500 Measurement Distance

(meters) 300 30 30 3 3 3 3 4.6.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of spectrum analyzer and receiver. Spectrum Parameter Attenuation Start Frequency Stop Frequency RB / VB (Emission in restricted band) RB / VB (Emission in non-restricted band) Setting Auto 1000 MHz 40 GHz 1MHz / 3MHz for Peak, 1 MHz / 10Hz for Average 1MHz / 3MHz for peak Receiver Parameter Attenuation Start ~ Stop Frequency Start ~ Stop Frequency Start ~ Stop Frequency Setting Auto 9kHz~150kHz / RB 200Hz for QP 150kHz~30MHz / RB 9kHz for QP 30MHz~1000MHz / RB 120kHz for QP Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 47 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.6.3. Test Procedures Report No.: FR322315AB 1. Configure the EUT according to ANSI C63.10. The EUT was placed on the top of the turntable 0.8 meter above ground. The phase center of the receiving antenna mounted on the top of a height-variable antenna tower was placed 3 meters far away from the turntable. 2. Power on the EUT and all the supporting units. The turntable was rotated by 360 degrees to 3. determine the position of the highest radiation. The height of the broadband receiving antenna was varied between one meter and four meters above ground to find the maximum emissions field strength of both horizontal and vertical polarization. 4. For each suspected emissions, the antenna tower was scan (from 1 M to 4 M) and then the turntable was rotated (from 0 degree to 360 degrees) to find the maximum reading. 5. Set the test-receiver system to Peak or CISPR quasi-peak Detect Function with specified bandwidth under Maximum Hold Mode. 6. For emissions above 1GHz, use 1MHz VBW and RBW for peak reading. Then 1MHz RBW and 10Hz VBW for average reading in spectrum analyzer. 7. When the radiated emissions limits are expressed in terms of the average value of the emissions, and pulsed operation is employed, the measurement field strength shall be determined by averaging over one complete pulse train, including blanking intervals, as long as the pulse train does not exceed 0.1 seconds. As an alternative (provided the transmitter operates for longer than 0.1 seconds) or in cases where the pulse train exceeds 0.1 seconds, the measured field strength shall be determined from the average absolute voltage during a 0.1 second interval during which the field strength is at its maximum value. If the emissions level of the EUT in peak mode was 3 dB lower than the average limit specified, then testing will be stopped and peak values of EUT will be reported, otherwise, the emissions which do not have 3 dB margin will be repeated one by one using the quasi-peak method for below 1GHz. 8. 9. For testing above 1GHz, the emissions level of the EUT in peak mode was lower than average limit (that means the emissions level in peak mode also complies with the limit in average mode), then testing will be stopped and peak values of EUT will be reported, otherwise, the emissions will be measured in average mode again and reported. 10. In case the emission is lower than 30MHz, loop antenna has to be used for measurement and the recorded data should be QP measured by receiver. High Low scan is not required in this case. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 48 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.6.4. Test Setup Layout For radiated emissions below 1GHz Report No.: FR322315AB For radiated emissions above 1GHz 4.6.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.6.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 49 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 4.6.7. Results of Radiated Emissions (9kHz~30MHz) Temperature Test Engineer Test Date 21 Kenneth Huang Jan. 23, 2013 Humidity Configurations 56.4%

Normal Link Freq.

(MHz)

-

Level

(dBuV)

-

Over Limit

(dB)

-

Limit Line

(dBuV)

-

Remark See Note Note:

The amplitude of spurious emissions that are attenuated by more than 20dB below the permissible value has no need to be reported. Distance extrapolation factor = 40 log (specific distance / test distance) (dB);

Limit line = specific limits (dBuV) + distance extrapolation factor. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 50 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 4.6.8. Results of Radiated Emissions (30MHz~1GHz) Temperature Test Engineer Test Mode Horizontal 21 Kenneth Huang Mode 2. EUT + Power Adapter 2 Humidity Configurations 56.4%

Normal Link Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 51 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Vertical Report No.: FR322315AB Note:

The amplitude of spurious emissions that are attenuated by more than 20dB below the permissible value has no need to be reported. Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m). Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 52 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 4.6.9. Results for Radiated Emissions (1GHz~40GHz) Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz Ch 36

/ Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Feb. 05, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 53 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz Ch 40

/ Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Feb. 05, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 54 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz Ch 48

/ Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Feb. 05, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 55 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz Ch 38

/ Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Feb. 05, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 56 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz Ch 46

/ Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Feb. 05, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 57 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 VHT 80MHz Ch 42

/ Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Feb. 05, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 58 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11a Ch 36

/ Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Feb. 05, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 59 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11a Ch 40

/ Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Feb. 05, 2013 Vertical Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 60 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11a Ch 48

/ Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Horizontal Feb. 05, 2013 Vertical Note:

The amplitude of spurious emissions that are attenuated by more than 20dB below the permissible value has no need to be reported. Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m). Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 61 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 4.7. Band Edge Emissions Measurement 4.7.1. Limit For transmitters operating in the 5.15-5.35 GHz band: all emissions outside of the 5.15-5.35 GHz band shall not exceed an -27dBm peak limit or average and peak limits of 15.209. In addition, In case the emission fall within the restricted band specified on 15.205(a), then the 15.209(a) limit in the table below has to be followed. Frequencies

(MHz) 0.009~0.490 0.490~1.705 1.705~30.0 30~88 88~216 216~960 Above 960 Field Strength

(micorvolts/meter) 2400/F(KHz) 24000/F(KHz) 30 100 150 200 500 Measurement Distance

(meters) 300 30 30 3 3 3 3 4.7.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of the spectrum analyzer. Spectrum Parameter Attenuation Span Frequency RB / VB (Emission in restricted band) RB / VB (Emission in non-restricted band) Setting Auto 100 MHz 1MHz / 3MHz for Peak, 1 MHz / 10Hz for Average 1MHz / 3MHz for Peak 4.7.3. Test Procedures 1. The test procedure is the same as section 4.6.3, only the frequency range investigated is limited to 100MHz around bandedges. 4.7.4. Test Setup Layout This test setup layout is the same as that shown in section 4.6.4. 4.7.5. Test Deviation There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.7.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was programmed to be in continuously transmitting mode. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 62 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 4.7.7. Test Result of Band Edge and Fundamental Emissions Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 20MHz Ch 36, 40, 48 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Channel 36 Feb. 04, 2013 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5180 MHz. Channel 40 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5200 MHz. Channel 48 Item 1, 2 are the fundamental frequency at 5240 MHz. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 63 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11n MCS0 40MHz Ch 38, 46 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Channel 38 Feb. 04, 2013 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5190 MHz. Channel 46 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5230 MHz. Note:

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m) Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 64 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 20MHz Ch 36, 40, 48 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Channel 36 Feb. 04, 2013 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5180 MHz. Channel 40 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5200 MHz. Channel 48 Item 1, 2 are the fundamental frequency at 5240 MHz. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 65 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 40MHz Ch 38, 46 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Channel 38 Feb. 04, 2013 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5190 MHz. Channel 46 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5230 MHz. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 66 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11ac MCS0 80MHz Ch 42 /

Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Channel 42 Feb. 04, 2013 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5210MHz. Note:

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m) Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 67 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Temperature 25.6 Humidity Test Engineer Serway Li Configurations 56%

IEEE 802.11a Ch 36, 40, 48

/ Ant. 3 + Ant. 4 + Ant. 5 (3TX) Test Date Channel 36 Feb. 04, 2013 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5180 MHz. Channel 40 Item 3, 4 are the fundamental frequency at 5200 MHz. Channel 48 Item 1, 2 are the fundamental frequency at 5240 MHz. Note:

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m) Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 68 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 4.8. Frequency Stability Measurement 4.8.1. Limit Manufacturers of U-NII devices are responsible for ensuring frequency stability such that an emissions is maintained within the band of operation under all conditions of normal operation as specified in the users manual or 20ppm (IEEE 802.11nspecification). 4.8.2. Measuring Instruments and Setting Please refer to section 5 of equipments list in this report. The following table is the setting of the spectrum analyzer. Spectrum Parameter Attenuation Span Frequency RB VB Sweep Time Setting Auto Entire absence of modulation emissions bandwidth 10 kHz 10 kHz Auto 4.8.3. Test Procedures The transmitter output (antenna port) was connected to the spectrum analyzer. 1. 2. EUT have transmitted absence of modulation signal and fixed channelize. 3. Set the spectrum analyzer span to view the entire absence of modulation emissions bandwidth. 4. Set RBW = 10 kHz, VBW = 10 kHz with peak detector and maxhold settings. 5. fc is declaring of channel frequency. Then the frequency error formula is (fc-f)/fc 106 ppm and the limit is less than 20ppm (IEEE 802.11nspecification). The test extreme voltage is to change the primary supply voltage from 85 to 115 percent of the nominal value 6. 7. Extreme temperature rule is -30C~50C. 4.8.4. Test Setup Layout Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 69 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.8.5. Test Deviation Report No.: FR322315AB There is no deviation with the original standard. 4.8.6. EUT Operation during Test The EUT was programmed to be in continuously un-modulation transmitting mode. 4.8.7. Test Result of Frequency Stability Voltage vs. Frequency Stability Voltage

(V) 126.50 110.00 93.50 Max. Deviation (MHz) Max. Deviation (ppm) Temperature vs. Frequency Stability Measurement Frequency (MHz) 5200 5199.9868 5199.9825 5199.9852 0.017500 3.37 Temperature Measurement Frequency (MHz)

()

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Max. Deviation (MHz) Max. Deviation (ppm) 5200 5199.9882 5199.9860 5199.9884 5199.9856 5199.9848 5199.9870 5199.9872 5199.9864 5199.9878 0.015200 2.92 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 70 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 4.9. Antenna Requirements 4.9.1. Limit Report No.: FR322315AB Except for special regulations, the Low-power Radio-frequency Devices must not be equipped with any jacket for installing an antenna with extension cable. An intentional radiator shall be designed to ensure that no antenna other than that furnished by the responsible party shall be used with the device. The use of a permanently attached antenna or of an antenna that uses a unique coupling to the intentional radiator shall be considered sufficient to comply with the provisions of this Section. The manufacturer may design the unit so that the user can replace a broken antenna, but the use of a standard antenna jack or electrical connector is prohibited. Further, this requirement does not apply to intentional radiators that must be professionally installed. 4.9.2. Antenna Connector Construction Please refer to section 3.3 in this test report; antenna connector complied with the requirements. Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 71 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB 5. LIST OF MEASURING EQUIPMENTS Instrument Manufacturer Model No. Serial No. Characteristics Calibration Date EMI Test Receiver R&S ESCS 30 100377 9kHz ~ 2.75GHz Oct. 23, 2012 LISN F.C.C. FCC-LISN-50-16-2 04083 150kHz ~ 100MHz Nov.26, 2012 V- LISN Schwarzbeck NSLK 8127 8127-478 9kHz ~ 30MHz Jun. 22, 2012 Coupling Decoupling Network TESEQ ST08 24348 150kHz ~ 230MHz Dec. 03, 2012 COND Cable Woken Cable 01 0.15MHz~30MHz Dec. 4, 2012 Software Audix E3 BILOG ANTENNA Schaffner CBL6112D Loop Antenna Teseq HLA 6120 5.410e 22021 24155

-

-

20MHz ~ 2GHz Jan. 11, 2013 9 kHz - 30 MHz Nov. 05, 2012*

forHorn Antenna EMCO 3115 00075790 750MHz~18GHz Nov. 27, 2012 Horn Antenna SCHWARZBEAK BBHA 9170 BBHA9170252 15GHz ~ 40GHz Nov. 23, 2012 Pre-Amplifier Agilent 8447D 2944A10991 0.1MHz ~ 1.3GHz Nov. 27, 2012 Pre-Amplifier Agilent 8449B 3008A02310 1GHz ~ 26.5GHz Nov. 23, 2012 Pre-Amplifier Spectrum analyzer EMI Test Receiver WM R&S R&S TF-130N-R1 923365 26.5GHz ~ 40GHz Jul. 31, 2012 FSP40 100056 9KHz~40GHz Nov. 16, 2012 ESCS 30 100355 9KHz ~ 2.75GHz Mar. 20, 2012 Turn Table INN CO CO 2000 Antenna Mast INN CO CO2000 RF Cable-low Woken Low Cable-1 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-1 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-2 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-3 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-4 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0 360 degree 1 m - 4 m N.C.R N.C.R 30 MHz - 1 GHz Nov. 18, 2012 1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 18, 2012 1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 18, 2012 1 GHz - 40 GHz Nov. 18, 2012 1 GHz - 40 GHz Nov. 18, 2012 R&S FSV40 100979 9KHz~40GHz Oct. 08, 2012 Remark Conduction

(CO01-CB) Conduction

(CO01-CB) Conduction

(CO01-CB) Conduction

(CO01-CB) Conduction

(CO01-CB) Conduction

(CO01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Radiation

(03CH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Signal analyzer Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 72 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 Report No.: FR322315AB Instrument Manufacturer Model No. Temp. and Humidity Chamber RF Power Divider Ten Billion TTH-D3SP Woken 4 Way Serial No. Characteristics Calibration Date TBN-931011

-30~100 degree Jun. 05, 2012 0120A04056002D 2GHz ~ 18GHz Nov. 18, 2012 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-7 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-8 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-9 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-10 RF Cable-high Woken High Cable-11

-

-

-

-

-

1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 19, 2012 1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 19, 2012 1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 19, 2012 1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 19, 2012 1 GHz 26.5 GHz Nov. 19, 2012 Power Sensor Anritsu MA2411B 0917223 300MHz~40GHz Nov. 28, 2012 Power Meter Anritsu ML2495A 1035008 300MHz~40GHz Nov. 27, 2012 Note: Calibration Interval of instruments listed above is one year.

* Calibration Interval of instruments listed above is two years. N.C.R. means Non-Calibration required. Remark Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Conducted

(TH01-CB) Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 73 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013 6. TEST LOCATION Report No.: FR322315AB ADD SHIJR TEL FAX HWA YA ADD TEL FAX LINKOU ADD TEL FAX DUNGHU ADD TEL FAX JUNGHE ADD NEIHU JHUBEI TEL FAX ADD TEL FAX ADD TEL FAX

: 6Fl., No. 106, Sec. 1, Shintai 5th Rd., Shijr City, Taipei, Taiwan 221, R.O.C.

: 886-2-2696-2468

: 886-2-2696-2255

: No. 52, Hwa Ya 1st Rd., Kwei-Shan Hsiang, Tao Yuan Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C.

: 886-3-327-3456

: 886-3-318-0055

: No. 30-2, Dingfu Tsuen, Linkou Shiang, Taipei, Taiwan 244, R.O.C

: 886-2-2601-1640

: 886-2-2601-1695

: No. 3, Lane 238, Kangle St., Neihu Chiu, Taipei, Taiwan 114, R.O.C.

: 886-2-2631-4739

: 886-2-2631-9740

: 7Fl., No. 758, Jungjeng Rd., Junghe City, Taipei, Taiwan 235, R.O.C.

: 886-2-8227-2020

: 886-2-8227-2626

: 4Fl., No. 339, Hsin Hu 2nd Rd., Taipei 114, Taiwan, R.O.C.

: 886-2-2794-8886

: 886-2-2794-9777

: No.8, Lane 724, Bo-ai St., Jhubei City, HsinChu County 302, Taiwan, R.O.C.

: 886-3-656-9065

: 886-3-656-9085 Report Format Version: 01 FCC ID: PY312400219 Page No. Issued Date

: 74 of 74

: Mar. 14, 2013